Bill Skiles:  Good morning.

We are into November already, November third, 2019. And the only reason I give the date is because people ask me what’s the most recent talk and all that, so I give the date for them. It doesn’t really matter. You’ll hear what you need to hear when you need to hear it.

We are looking at this wonderful book called Leave Your Nets by Joel Goldsmith, and of course it has to do with, we say, dying to a material sense of self, but that somehow doesn’t feel like the right word because you don’t really die, but you step out of or you put off mortality. You put off a material sense of self, and you put on Immortality. Paul taught us that that is the way to go. That’s the path, and Joel is reiterating that here. I can’t talk this morning, I’m tongue tied.

I’m enjoying a cup of Jamaican Blue Mountain Coffee. I think it’s the best coffee in the world, and I give myself that treat every once in a while. I woke up this morning, and when I went downstairs, there was a note at my place at the dining room table, and it said, “I hope you enjoy your breakfast. Love, your daughter.” And there was an egg and a couple of strips of bacon and a biscuit, and I did enjoy it. And I don’t know if I’ll see her in passing because she’s working now, but I drew a funny face and put a beard on it and drew a little arrow and said, “ Yum!” In other words, I did enjoy my breakfast. And I put it on the refrigerator next to where she has to walk into her bedroom. So, it’s a wonderful way to start your day, don’t you think, with love externalized?

Now, we’re getting to this chapter, which is chapter 3, “Self Completeness.” And why is it important that we understand that we are self-complete in God? It’s important because, well, if you know that you are self-complete in God, you won’t go looking all over the planet for supply. You won’t go looking for that right perfect companion. You won’t go seeking a hundred different ways to get healthy. You will know that your completeness in every area is in God, and so you’ll take this chapter seriously and contemplate it and meditate on it.

What I do is I read, oh, a paragraph or two. This first page here ends with a—or almost ends with a—quote from John about the vine, and after I read that quote, I put the book down and I meditated. And I can’t read any more until I get whatever it is that’s calling to me in those two paragraphs and that quote. And that’s the way I approach these books. I don’t just read it right through like I’m reading a good Jack Reacher novel. No, I take my time. I try and sometimes succeed at entering into the Consciousness that spoke these words, and we know that It’s Christ Consciousness. Alright, I seem to be all over the place. Let’s focus here.

It’s important that you understand your Self-completeness because, remember, in the book Beyond Words and Thoughts in the chapter “Incorporeality: God, Man and the Universe,” we are told at the end of that chapter that we have to bring forth invisible supply, invisible companionship, invisible health, invisible life. We have to bring it forth from the invisible, and this is what this is saying in this chapter called “Self-completeness.”

Once you understand you are complete, Self-complete in God, another thing will happen. You’ll find that you’re praying less, far, far less. Things are just happening. They happen to you. There’s something coming up. You know you’ll owe twelve hundred dollars. You don’t pray. You just sit back in your Self-completeness, and you commune with that, with feeling that, really feeling that. Not thinking it. Thinking won’t do it. And as you commune with that Self- completeness in God, as you feel that inner oneness in your meditation, that’s all you do.

You don’t ask. You don’t beg. You don’t plead, and then you find out that whatever it was you needed shows up right at the right exact moment. It’s fabulous! And I was talking to someone just last night, and I said, “When these things stop happening, you know you’re doing something wrong.” And it’s true. And when you stop living in this fourth dimension, which appears outwardly as your fulfillment, then you’re living as a human being, and these things don’t happen.

So let’s, if we can, get quiet. If you haven’t had the eleven o’clock meditation we had this morning, have one now, and then come back to this. We’re going to enter into the Consciousness that spoke these words. He says, “You are Self-complete through God. You are not, and never will be, complete because of any effort you have ever made toward being good or being spiritual.” That’s kind of a let down sometimes, isn’t it? I mean I’ve struggled with some of these principles, I mean struggled hard, and here he is saying you are not complete because of any effort you’ve ever made at being spiritual.

And yet we know, I know that the struggle is what has sometimes allowed me to catch a glimpse or to be able to practice the principle I’ve been struggling with. So, it’s a paradox. We need the struggle to come to an inner realization of the principle and to live it, and yet no effort of ours, we’re not Self-complete through any effort of our own. Isn’t that strange? You have to have the effort to reach the effortless.

I can tell you. Well, let’s read a little more, and then maybe we’ll go into that story. “Your completeness is in God. This is in accordance with the teaching of the Master Christ Jesus: ‘I can of mine own self do nothing.1. . .The Father that dwelleth in me, he doeth the works.2. . .Why callest thou me good? There is none good but one, that is, God.3. . . My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me.’4

In other words, all the power of Jesus was really the power of the Christ made evident through Jesus. Remember that, in and of yourself, you are nothing except that God be the reality of your being. Christ is your true identity, and in Christ you are fulfilled in all your completeness. So you can draw on your Christhood for anything to the extent of your realization of this truth.”

As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me.’ John 15:4

Now, I’ve already seen three or four things that I can take out of here to meditate on. All the power of Jesus was really the power of the Christ made evident through Jesus. You know, we’re never going to be something of ourselves, but we’re not nothing. I had that feeling in the first years of my life, I’m nothing. I didn’t like myself very much either, but what I was feeling, I know now and didn’t know then, was a lack of power. I had to find God in order to feel complete. I could not feel complete by myself, and I looked around at other people, and they didn’t seem to need this power.

They just went on being all they could be, and they seemed quite satisfied, whereas I always felt, ‘there’s something missing.’ What’s missing? Even when the good things of life came to me, there’s something missing. And it wasn’t until I had my first spiritual experience that I knew what had been missing, and it was this Presence of God. So I would probably take that, the power of the Christ made evident through Jesus, and take that within myself and meditate on that, “the power of Christ.”

Well, what’s the power of Christ? It doesn’t feel like a power to me. I don’t know if it does to you. It doesn’t feel like a power, this Christ that I feel in my meditation. And sometimes when I’m talking, like a little while ago, it feels like the Comforter, and in the Presence of that Comforter is harmony, harmony of every nature, harmony of every area. And so in the Presence of that Comforter is harmony of being, harmony of life, harmony of body, harmony of health, harmony of supply, harmony of companionship, of companions.

And that feels like a gentle Presence that is just expressing, quietly, silently. So it doesn’t feel like a power to me, except that it changes the outer picture, or rather our dwelling in it. We’re abiding in the vine, and we bring forth fruit. Or in our modern language, we are communing with the Christ. We enter Christ Consciousness, the awareness of Christ, and it appears as harmony, rather than our human mind of good and evil appearing as, well, good and evil. So, we want to know how to abide in the vine.

And the second thing I would have taken into meditation would have been “Christ is your true identity, and in Christ, you’re fulfilled in all your completeness. So you can draw on your Christhood . . .” Now, what is Christ? How do I draw on it? These are questions I would ask myself. I would ask my capital “S” Self: “What are you and how do I draw on you?” We know we can’t do it by begging and beseeching. In fact, we don’t even know what we’re supposed to draw forth, which is why Paul said that the Spirit has to make intercession, and so it’s enough. You don’t have to know. Did you know that? You don’t have to know what you are supposed to draw forth.

You only have to surrender. Again, silence, the true silence is not an absence of sound. You can be in the middle of Chicago and someone with a jackhammer and police directing traffic with a whistle and cars screeching away from the curb, and all kinds of things, and you can attain the silence. Silence is not an absence of sound. Silence is an absence of self, the little “s” self. And if you look, you really look, all of these scriptures are telling us that that self has to stop! Just for once, would you just stop?

And in that stopping, in that moment of silence, there’s an absence of self, no thoughts, no words, no desires. Just waiting upon the Lord. And you might say, “Father, reveal Thyself. What is Christ, and how do I draw on it?” And then you stand still. And it will either come to you— Sometimes it comes in words, or the Word is uttered within you. It’s a different feeling than thought, and it brings with it, yes, power.

But most times for me it comes—I ask, “What is Christ, and how do I draw on It?” And then sometime that day or the next or the next, I have an experience that makes me go, “Aha,” because the experience is the answer to the question I asked. It brings about events that are impossible. There’s no way, no way that that could be just a coincidence, and you know it. You ask a question like this in your meditation and you’re silent, which opens the door for a response; and the Christ of you shows you through events in your life, answers you that way.

And something comes into your life that had to have started on its way fifteen years ago, and yet it gets here right at this moment or the next, right after you ask that question that morning, and it answers it. Now, how does that work like that? It’s fabulous! It’s really a miracle. It’s miraculous, but it doesn’t feel like power. It feels to me like Omniscience and Omnipresence, and omni-harmony.

Okay, so the third thing in this paragraph would have been ‘As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me.’ And that’s the same question. How do I abide in Him, whom to know aright is life eternal? How do I do that? How do I do I abide in It? And I would ask, and it would come forth, either as a quote, a scripture, a new set of words I’ve never heard before, like the ones that come to me like, “We have to live in a temple not made by mind. We have to live in a temple made by Spirit, by this invisible essence. We are Self-complete by living in this invisible essence and then beholding as it manifests.”

It forms Itself by something that was sent to you fifteen years ago and finally arrived right exactly at the right moment. So there’s three things that I would have taken into meditation, and I wouldn’t even be past the first page of this chapter, and it may have taken three days, and I’m not past the first page.

You see? You understand? This is how we enter into the Consciousness that uttered these words, not by reading them like a Jack Higgins novel, like The Eagle Has Landed, where we’re really caught up in the thriller and the suspense and can’t wait to get to the end. Oh, yes, you can read it that way, and then you can say, “Well, I know these things because I can quote some of them.”

But you haven’t entered into the Consciousness, and the whole purpose of uttering these things is so that you can go and do likewise in the same Consciousness. And so I have learned to take my time, to take whatever comes into my meditation and to put the book down, and then to go into my meditation, ponder it for a moment, and then just stop and listen and be receptive because if I learn how to abide in Him, if I learn how to receive Him, then I will be given the ability to express Him. In other words, I will be the expression of God or the Son of God: “As many as received Him, to them gave He power . . . ” or the ability, the realization to express Him. All that from only three parts of this first page of this chapter.

Now Joel had an experience by contemplating a tree outside his house there in Hawaii, and it must have moved him a great deal. In fact, I think it happened more than once because he uses this example over and over of the tree. In many of his books this example is there. “Think of the tree and its trunk and its root system deep down in the earth, and then think of the branches on the tree. The tree has a root system which draws into it the food from the earth” or the essence. “It has a distributing system that sends that food up through the trunk out into the branches. There is a catalytic agent that turns the sun and the air and the water into some kind of an essence that feeds the branches and later becomes the fruit.”

Now for a moment think of yourself as a branch and realize how you are being fed through the trunk or the vine from the earth. As a human being, you are not partaking of that divine substance. You are a branch cut off from the trunk of the tree. Let’s go find that quote, and I’ll be right back. It is John 15, and it starts by saying, “I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit, he taketh away, and every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit. Now, ye are clean through the Word which I have spoken unto you.”

Alright so, “Every branch in me that beareth not fruit, he taketh away.” What does that mean? There again, it’s something else to contemplate. We approach this from two, well, from many different angles. In the beginning we see ourself as the branch, and we recognize we have to abide in Christ within our being, and we search around for how, and we ask questions, and we read books, and we listen to talks, and we find out how. We must begin in our meditation to learn how to stop, and then we must learn how to take no thought, and then we must learn how to rest back: “There remaineth a rest to my people.” Alright?

Now, if we rest back, we are abiding in the Christ of our Being. Let’s put it this way: I see the Christ as the movement of God. I feel the Christ as the movement of God, which would be the expression or the Son of God. And when I feel that movement within, I recognize I am abiding in Christ. I am obeying the command to abide in Me, but when I don’t spend any time at all abiding in Christ, it doesn’t take too long to be overwhelmed by the world thought, and then I’m thinking, very much so. I’m thinking, “Why have I run out of money?” Because I’ve been abiding in my bank account, instead of in Me, the Christ, the Invisible.

Why is this relationship turning sour or, at least, we are arguing all the time. Because I haven’t been abiding in Me. I’ve been abiding in my best attempt at a relationship. I’ve been abiding in my emotions, and then all of a sudden, my health is turning south. What’s wrong?

What am I doing? I’m abiding in my help. I’m not resting in the essence and allowing it to manifest. I have my idea about what kind of exercises I should do. I have my idea of what kind of relationship that should be. I have my money, my bank account. All of this is my, my, my! It’s a personal sense of existence.

This is the one that has to move over, and if you can’t do it all the time, at least find a way to do it in your meditation because something happens. Something happens in that meditation, and before you know it, you’re carrying that abiding out into the world with your eyes open, and you’re feeling that movement. It’s quite wonderful. Just absolutely wonderful when you feel that movement. And let’s say you’re standing in the middle of an elevator with twelve people around you. You feel that movement. You don’t even know if it’s for someone there or for yourself, but you let it flow. It’s wonderful. You have the secret of secrets. You know how to abide in Me.

So he says if you don’t do that, if you don’t abide in Him and you’re living in this personal life, it withers and dies. And what happens if you abide in Me at the last moment before you’re passing? What do you move into? Well, if you’re abiding in the vine and you’re learning to do this, even with eyes open, then you know your Self-completeness is in Christ. Actually you know that Christ is expressing you, Christ is living you. And so when you lay down this vehicle and step into the invisible, you’re Christ. But when you are here in the invisible, Christ is expressing, so you’re Christ, and then you can walk into the invisible and out again at will. Okay, we’re getting kind of deep there. Let’s get back to this.

He says, “If we use this illustration of the vine, however, we begin to perceive that although there seems to be a sense of separation, actually there is none.” The only sense of separation comes when you’re living in a separate self without this contact. How many times has Joel said you can’t have one time in the morning that does you for all day. The world thought will overtake you, so you have to renew it over and over during the day. It only takes a moment, a second. I mean we’re only talking about a one minute, two minute meditation.

You can do it at your desk at work. I know. I’ve done it, and if you can’t because people are talking and talking and talking, and maybe that’s a part of your job, you can excuse yourself. And I used to go into the restroom and get quiet there for a minute or two. They didn’t know I wasn’t using the restroom. I was using it to get quiet. Who cares? I did, and some amazing things happened.

And let me tell you about an experience I had in a factory. I was making digital magnetic tape drives in the seventies, and I tried to solder something onto the motherboard, and I just couldn’t get it. I could not get it. I tried and I tried. And now, I’m fairly intelligent. I tried and tried to get the soldering right, and the inspector would look at it and shake her head: “No. Got to do it again. We can’t release these out into the business world unless they’re built right.” And I wasn’t building them right.

Oh yes, I had all the mechanical assembly parts right, but I had to solder these wires, and my solder was like a big glob on there, and you’re not supposed to do that. And, on the other hand, you can’t just paint it. That’s not enough either. There’s a middle ground where there’s enough to cover it, and it’s solid, and it’s not going to wiggle off or shake off, but there’s not too much. And I couldn’t get it, and I tried and tried.

And finally I said to myself, I know what I need to do, and I went into the restroom there, and I sat down, and I got quiet, and I felt this inner movement, this Christ of my being, which is the Christ of your being. It’s the Christ of all being, and it knows how to solder, but I didn’t know that. So I felt that movement. I came back out, had a cup of coffee. They offered coffee for free, and I went back to my bench, picked up my soldering iron and a piece of solder, and I touched them together on this motherboard, this wire, and it flowed like it had a mind of its own. It just flowed perfectly, and I pulled back the sauntering iron, and it was perfect.

And I did fifteen of them. They were all the same, all perfect. And I showed the inspector, and she smiled and shook her head: “Yes, they’re ready to move.” And all the units went out the door. You see? That’s amazing! It’s outstanding to live watching this movement move through you. That’s the experience of abiding in the vine and bringing forth fruit. You wouldn’t think the infinite Christ is going to help me solder this wire, would you, or something like that, whatever your job is? And, actually, I wasn’t thinking that either. I didn’t ask for Christ to show me how to solder that wire. I just knew that I needed to get still and feel that movement, and then we’ll see what happens.

So, I don’t ask for specific things, except unless it’s show me how to abide in You, something of a spiritual nature. But when I need twelve hundred dollars, I don’t say please show me this twelve hundred dollars. I know enough now to know that that’s not the way to pray. That again is a personal sense of self going to Christ. Now we have separation. No, I have to be the outer expression of that Christ, and the only way I can do that or be that is to abide in Me, the Christ, and then I feel Its movement, and these beautiful things happen out here, and the twelve hundred dollars, probably fourteen hundred shows up so that there’s a little extra, and it’s wonderful. I know I’m Self-complete in God.

So he says,—He’s going on about the example of the tree.—“. . . the life that flows through the roots into the trunk or vine and then out into the branches is the same life that later appears as blossoms and fruit.” Yes, that’s absolutely right. The life that is that inner movement is the life that flows up and appears as the ability to solder. Who knew?

Well, I do now, and you do, and I’ve seen that happen with a car, too, when I’ve tried to take something apart so I could take it to the auto store and get another piece, and the particular thing I’m working on won’t move. Even though I sprayed WD40 on it, I can’t get it to move, and then I sit still. It’s always the same answer. I sit still, and I stop. I listen. I wait upon the Lord. I wait upon this movement because I know the movement and fulfillment are one, and I feel it. And I go back to the car with my eyes open, and I take my wrench, and it turns. I don’t know why, but it turns. I take it out. I take it to the auto store. I swap it for a new one, and I bring it back. I put it in, and it starts right up. Everything’s good. So that’s the difference.

Do you see the little difference? It looks like the same guy. I mean I could be living in a personal sense of self and trying to turn this bolt, and I can also be bearing witness to Christ as it turns the bolt. You see, it looks the same from the outside. Nobody can tell what you’re doing.

That’s one of the beautiful things about this. You can be totally anonymous. Nobody knows what you’re doing inside. They may wonder, looking at you. They may say, “Why are all these good things happening?” But then they’ll come and ask you, like Joel says. What are you doing lately? How come all this stuff is happening? And then you can do what you’re instructed to do, and lend them a copy or give them a copy of Living the Infinite Way or Practicing the Presence, which is where you’re supposed to start.

Now, on the next page, he says that “At this moment, you are the branch that is visible; but you are one with the vine, connected to this invisible Christ of your being, the connecting link with the Father, which in the tree-experience would be the life through which the tree draws its sustenance.” Alright, now, that’s what I was going to say. You start out being the branch, but eventually in your meditation, you made the discovery, “Oh, My God, I am the Christ, and if you have a teacher you quietly tell them. I called Herb one night, and I said, Herb, I am that I Am, and he said, “Well, yeah.”

He didn’t say that, but he said something like that, which meant, you know, he had known it all along, but it was wonderful to find somebody that could say, “Yes, you’re on the right track. This is right.” Now that doesn’t mean you can walk right out of there and you can walk on water, because you’re still living most of the time as a personal, material sense of life, separate as a branch, and you’re learning to abide in the vine. But eventually you’ll discover,—and how it will come to you, I don’t know. You can’t just say the words or repeat them to yourself. That doesn’t work,—but somewhere it’ll come to you: “I am the vine,” and then you’ll be, well, abiding in your Self.

Now, “surgery from head to foot will never reveal the Christ of your being because it is not physical. It would be as difficult to see as it would be to take a seed and dissect it in an attempt to find life in it.” A long time ago, years and years ago, I read The Autobiography of a Yogi. I think that was the name of it, and I can remember a story in there about a doctor who was in the middle of surgery, had a person cut open, was looking inside of them, and suddenly the thought came to him, “Where is the person?” And he couldn’t answer it. It was suspended inside of himself. “Where is the person?” And, of course, this started him on his spiritual journey, and that stuck with me. And that’s what Joel’s saying here. You cannot find Christ in you from your head to your foot, and you cannot find the invisible life inside the seed.

Now, we’ve all had gardens, I suppose, or seen them anyway. It’s quite wonderful. It’s a miracle. You take a seed. Perhaps you dried it out two years ago. Maybe you were eating a cantaloupe, and you dried out some seeds thinking you would plant them, but you forgot about it. You put them in a cupboard somewhere. And suddenly you discover them, and maybe it’s getting near planting time in your part of the world.

So you take the seeds and you put them in the ground, and you water them and you put up some string or something around the garden, and you wait. What are you waiting for? You’re waiting for that inner movement inside the ground that acts upon that seed, and you know and you’re right because fourteen days later here comes a little shoot, a little green shoot coming up. And you watch and you take care of it, and you make sure it has water. If it doesn’t rain a lot in your area, you water it.

Maybe you give it some—What do we have now?—Miracle Plant [Miracle Grow] or something, and you sprinkle some of that on it, and the thing gets huge. It gets really big. It’s a vine, and it is filling up the whole left side of your garden from a little one inch shoot to a twenty-one foot vine, and then here comes these little green balls, little tiny things, not much bigger than a pea. Each day they get bigger and bigger and bigger, and before you know it, you have six or seven watermelons. Now, where did that come from? Well, you’re probably more than willing to say, “That came from the invisible.” Life or nature acted upon that seed and drew the sustenance from the ground, from the earth, the sun and the rain, and out came this plant.

But if you look at it, you know and I know something invisible acted upon that seed, flowed out through the seed into the earth and then above the ground, and then everywhere down one side of your garden. And you cut the watermelon, and if you took care of it properly, it’s so sweet and so juicy, and you thank—I guess the native Americans were better at this than some of us are today. They would usually thank the earth and the Great Spirit for the sustenance they received. Perhaps we need to do a little more of that. I don’t know, but I did. I thanked the earth, the ground, the invisible essence that operated on it, the sunshine and the plant for sharing.

Now, we’re more than willing to accept that invisible essence operating on the seed. But then, when we think of ourselves and we think of the money we need by next month, oh, now we check our bank account, and we don’t look to the invisible. We don’t abide in the vine. We’re living a personal sense of self which has to fail. Every prophet that’s ever walked has said that if you live in this state of consciousness, it will come to nothing. And I did blow up on it. But what happens when you learned like the plant? The plant isn’t taking any thought. It’s abiding in Me. What happens when you do that? You take no thought for a person. You abide in Me, and you see what comes forth. It is truly wonderful. I have found in my case I’m not rich, but that which I need continually flows, and even when unexpected things happen, it flows. It’s amazing!

Last year we had the—I guess it was maybe January. It was pretty cold, and—our heat pump went out. We’d had it for fifteen years, and it was dead. It was finished. It would not heat even a tin cup any more. It was done. So we called. We had to get a new one, especially since we work with foster children, and you have to have a healthy environment in or they’ll come and they’ll take those foster children and move them out for their welfare. So we investigated, and I called a guy that I trust, and he said, “Yes, I can put one in for you.” “Well, how much?” “Eight thousand dollars.” “Oh no, I don’t have eight thousand dollars,” but something started to happen.

We went into meditation. My wife went into prayer. I went into meditation, and this inner vine, this inner essence started to quiver. You can feel it. I don’t know what words to put on it. It’s a movement. Spirit moves over the face of the deep. You can feel a movement over your Consciousness or through or from your Consciousness. And then you know something’s going to appear. You don’t know what. That’s part of the fun. And sure enough, something did appear, and we’ve almost paid it off. And I think we have about four more payments, and it’ll be paid off. And so it’s nice. It’s keeping us nice and toasty downstairs. Alright, I’m not sure why I got off into that.

He says, yes, he says the same thing, how “we simply take on faith the truth that there is life working in the seed, and that that life will appear outwardly as a plant. How readily we accept . . . How simple it is to understand!” But “why are we not willing to accept the truth that as branches of the tree of Life we are not self-sustaining? Why do we continue to think of ourselves as separate human beings, each one dependent upon himself for his wisdom, supply, understanding, and intelligence, even for the health and strength of his body?”

Why do we never once think of this universal life flowing as an invisible bond into and through each one of us, and realize that it is this life force,” this essence “that appears as the fulfillment of our life?” Why? Because we don’t let it. Oh, it’s easy to let nature take its course in our garden, but it’s not very easy to let Spirit take its course in our lives, our personal lives, is it? We have ideas. We have plans. We have goals. We have a material sense of self, and we don’t want to get out of the driver’s seat. And what will happen if I really let go? Will I be a hole in the doughnut? Oh no, my friend. You will be infinite, and an infinite number of doughnuts, if that’s what you need.

Okay, so in this chapter, “Self-Completeness,” he’s suggesting that you abide in the vine, Self-completeness through God. Do you see how Self-complete a tree is? Yes, that tree really did something for him. He meditated on that tree several times. “That’s why all mystical literature has used the terms ‘within’ and ‘within-ness.’ It’s not that the apples are inside of the tree. They are not apples until they appear outside. But the essence,”—That essence is what you have to feel.—“or substance of the apples is flowing through the branches and becoming the form which appears as apples.” Yes! Yes, yes. There are no companions inside of you. There are no bodies, healthy or otherwise, inside of you. *There are no dollar bills or automobiles or houses or clothes stored up inside of you, or vacations.

What there is is this essence, this invisible life, this Christ, and it is God’s idea of a Son. You see? One of the things that impressed me or impressed itself upon me while studying the Kailua Study Series, the 1955 talks by Joel was this idea that God expresses as invisible form, as invisible essence. That’s God’s Son, and it is infinite, and it is Omniscient, and it is Omnipresence and Omnipotence, the all and the only, God in expression, invisible. So there’s no material forms within you.

There is this invisible essence, and if and when you learn to abide in it, and let it move in you, in your consciousness, then it appears out here as form, but it is not the form. It’s the essence that’s flowing, and it always flows as your need fulfilled, whatever that need is. If it’s a true inner experience, a true feeling, a true inner feeling of the movement of this essence flowing, it will appear as your need fulfilled, as harmony in some shape or form. But if it’s not that true inner capital “E” Experience, if it’s just a thought, it won’t happen. But we start there. It’s not to say that we can’t start there. That’s exactly where we start with first contemplating these thoughts until we slip into the experience.

Alright so, “And so it is in every area of life. You do not have automobiles stored up inside of you, or dollar bills or houses or companions.” Hey, I just said that! You do not have those within you, but you have the essence and the substance of them. You have the love and the life and the truth, the spirit, the Soul, the law. “All these are within you; . . . One with your Father, you are a complete unit.” Your Father is the God that flows as that inner essence, Spirit or the Christ.

. . . You are Self-fulfilled through your conscious union with God.” It has to be conscious. It can’t be an unconscious: “Yeah, well, I think it is, but I never really felt it.” No, it has to be a conscious.

That’s why we meditate so that we can be receptive, so that we can receive Him, this inner movement and become conscious of it, and then our need is fulfilled out here. It’s really quite a wonderful way to live. I love this. There’s only one Joel.

Suppose you have a few loaves and fishes, but you have a multitude to feed, and you have no storehouse or barns. Now what can you do? Out of your humanhood, nothing. Starve! . . . But out of your Christhood, out of the depths of the infinity of your own being,” which you must feel consciously, “you can look up and bless the loaves and fishes, realizing that these are not material loaves and fishes . . .” No, the essence, the invisible, is the reality. “ . . . This is God’s supply, and if it is God’s supply, it is infinite” and invisible. “Then the multitudes are supplied, out of what? Your storehouse, your bank account? No, out of the Father, . . . the Christhood of you . . .”

See? “Out of it can flow millions of words, millions of ideas of truth,” so “why not millions of dollars, too? What is the difference?” There is none, except in your belief, which you have to let go of. “The source is the same; the substance is the same.” It’s this invisible movement of Spirit, of Christ. So, it can flow as fishes and loaves, dollars, words of truth, everything. Only, and check this. “Do not put one in the category of spirit and” one “in the category of matter.” That’s what we do. We say, “Well, yes, I can speak these words of truth and they’ll keep flowing and flowing out of the invisible. Ah, but wait a minute. I have to make that car payment next week, and I’ve just been laid off for of a lack of business. What am I going to do?”

You see, you’re making one spiritual and you’re making one material. That essence will appear as your need fulfilled when you get these ideas of a personal mind out of the way. “If once you see that this truth pouring forth is the substance of your loaves and fishes, of your protection, your safety, and your security, the fruitfulness of your entire experience will be established for all eternity: not only for three score years and ten, but for eternity. You will, then, be the branch that bears fruit richly,” because you’ll be “Self-complete in God.” See, it seemed like a little chapter that we wouldn’t be able to talk for an hour, but I see it’s almost fifty-eight minutes already. Okay, I’m going to be still for a moment. Ready? We – just – stop.

I want to take a moment to thank Betsy for typing up the transcripts of these talks so that we may have them and look at them, perhaps while we listen or perhaps while we sit out on our deck. Thank you. I also want to thank everyone that has taken the time to listen to this, and I can’t forget Paul down there in Australia. “Hi Paul!” He takes the PDF file and converts it into a document file. Otherwise I couldn’t put it up on the blog very easily, and so I’m grateful.

Alright, we have moved Mystical Principles. The Yahoo group is no longer in existence. You can write to me if you want to be a part of the new group, or you can go to the Mystical Principles website and click on the email group, and you’ll find it. My email is iamwithin, all one word, iamwithin,—That’s where God hides!—

Well, I feel a sense of peace. Thank you and God bless.

1 Psalm 16:11

2 John 10:10

3 John 4:32

4 Luke 12:30-32

Bill Skiles: Good morning. We are looking at the second half of the chapter in this book, the book called Leave Your Nets, the second chapter called “Knowing the Unknowable,” and I think we know enough by now, just on the chapter and a half that we’ve looked at, that this book could very well have been entitled “Leave Your Material Sense of Self,” which is what leave your nets means. It means leave your mental images. It means leave your personal sense of self, and so we can see why praying for things or praying for certain outcomes or praying for effects is a sin, not in the religious sense of your being bad if you do it, but in the spiritual sense that you’re missing the mark.

Now I know it’s true. We all start on this path, well most of us, because we want something. We want to straighten out our supply which is not there. It’s drying up perhaps. We want to have a decent companion and not these people we’ve been reuniting with. We want to have good health rather than being sickly, so we turn to the path because, as Joel has said, our first step onto the path is when we stop looking out here for these things and begin looking within for them. It’s a step in the right direction [for] everyone, well, or almost everyone I should say, because some people carry over their progress.

But most people when they first turn to this path, it’s because they have experienced some form of lack or limitation, and now they hope that by going to God they can get it. And there’s nothing wrong with that because it leads one to metaphysics. We practice certain principles in order to change our life out here. It’s a step. It’s a step in the right direction, but there are further steps, and thank goodness that Joel discovered what they were and took the time to share it with us. So there’s nothing wrong in the beginning with turning within so that, as I used to do, turning within so that I could have, well, the money to fly to Hawaii to spend some time with Herb. I did that, and it appeared, and I went.

And slowly I learned through his help, as well as reading some of the deeper books of Joel, as well as talking to people that have been practicing the principles, I learned that it’s not about demonstrating people, places, and things. No, when Christ Jesus said that ye seek first the kingdom of heaven and all these things shall be added unto you, he was uttering a truth for all time and for all mankind. If we seek first the kingdom of heaven, we’re seeking to die to a material sense of self and begin living from a different standpoint, from a different altitude, from a spiritual sense of self, and as we seek that, seek the illumination, the wisdom, the spiritual sense of self, by leaving our nets, our material sense of living, all of these things fall into place.

I can tell you that I was not seeking supply when I started the Mystical Principles list, and I’ve told you the story before. Loving God, I thought, “What can I give the guy that has everything, because God has everything?” and I thought, “What can I give God?” I was just wanting to give God something, and then I thought, “Ah, I know, I can give God myself, not this material sense of self, not a body our here, not a body image, but my spiritual sense of self. I can give it to Him, and so every Sunday for quite a while I began to make talks, and it began to evolve and became the Mystical Principles website and then the Mystical Principles list where there’s, at one point, was 250 people.

And so I gave God that, but then I began to see supply. It started to flow in from all over the world, which is just another way of seeing that supply is infinite, and it flowed first within and it poured out. Then the things were added, and I can tell you absolutely positively the truth, I was not seeking a companion when I met my wife. I was not seeking a companion. I figured, well, I’ve had some failed attempts at putting it together myself. As long as it lasted was eight years with someone. So I’m quitting that now. I’m not doing that any more, and I continued to pour out, to try to be of service.

That’s a word we don’t like. We don’t like feeling like “Wow, I’m a servant! What am I, a maid or a butler?” You know, the human mind does to like that term “servant.” No, no, it loves the term “master”—I am a master! Unfortunately, the human mind and whatever it likes has to go for the real Master to appear, and the real Master is a servant to all mankind. And so, the more I became a servant and adjusted to that, the more I began to see or the more I began to love God within everyone, and then I met my wife.

And, you know, we always tell people that it’s probably prudent, probably wise to wait a year or so before you get married so you know if you really are compatible, but that’s not how this worked at all. We knew almost instantly. Thirty days after we met, we were married, and here it is coming up this July, it’ll be thirty years. So we listened to that inner Voice, and it was right again as it always is. But my point here is I did not seek supply. I did not seek a companion, and they came. Now, everyone has a difficult area, and Joel’s, I think was, he shares that it was supply. He got down to where he had one or two dimes in his pocket before he realized, on the way home, walking home a few miles, that I am supply, and ever after that, he was never broke again.

My difficult area has been in the personal sense of health. When I was a child I had asthma really bad til the age of ten when I said, “God, please take this, and it was taken. I never thought about it again, and in fact, I was never sick again for in the neighborhood of forty-five years, and so why do I think . . . Well, it’s not really health. It’s age, let’s say. I’m beginning to show and feel my age, and I know that’s wrong. That’s a personal sense of self. Who feels age? Yeah, that physical guy with that image. So that’s my struggle. That’s what I’m working on now, to not seek health, but to stand in and to rest in the impersonal life, the life that is eternal.

God says—Well, it’s quoted in several places. It’s called the living God, and that’s stressed because whatever we are as personal sense is not living. Do you remember? Jesus said, “Let the dead bury the dead.” And he was talking about the real walking dead, those who are not living. And who are those? They are those who are walking in a material sense of self and dealing with other material senses of selves. There’s no spiritual sense of self for them, and so they’re dead to it. But what is this living God? What is living? That’s what I’ve been contemplating lately, and when more is revealed, I’ll be glad to share it, but I’m not going to talk about it yet, because it’s too new.

Alright, getting back to knowing the unknowable, and that’s what we’re talking about. The unknowable is that which you cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell, and yet it’s living. And you’re not, if you’re not aware of it. Okay, so continuing in the book, he gives us an example of “Fit me to be a better vehicle for thy grace, a better servant of thy will. That comes nearer to the higher form of prayer that is called communion with God.

What is communion with God? If you’ve experienced communion, well I don’t have to tell you. But the examples he gives you are one: “It is like the relationship that exists between two persons who understand each other thoroughly, and who sit on a mountain or by a stream, looking at the scenery, enjoying the great delights of the mountains, the valleys, or the sea without any words passing between them, but looking at each other once in a while in mutual joy at this great privilege of beholding the work of God.”

So, what does that mean? That means communion with God is one in which there are no words. There’s a feeling. That’s the clue. There are no words that pass between you and the I of you. There’s just a feeling of oneness. It’s a feeling as if you’re floating on the sea of spirit. It’s truly the most wonderful thing I have ever felt, and when you rest in that Presence, the Presence flows in you. Sometimes for a moment, you disappear. There’s only the Presence.

He says, “True prayer is like that. It is when one communes with God and feels the divine presence in him, and through him, and in and through all people, and everything round about, and just smiles occasionally and exclaims, “Father, isn’t this a heavenly earth we have here! Isn’t this a beautiful world! Aren’t people wonderful!” Now, when you have that communion, you have fulfilled what Christ Jesus said, ‘Seek ye first. ‘Let’s put it that way. Seek ye first this communion, a communion without words, without thoughts, just a resting in that beautiful, wonderful Presence.

And when you fulfill that condition, all these things shall be added unto you, and what’s marvelous about it is, that we said last week, that a person may enjoy a cabin in the woods while another person feels fulfillment listening to the sea at night and the waves. And someone else may enjoy the vastness of the desert and the aloneness that can be attained there with no sounds. So, this communion is the ultimate in prayer for us for now. I know there’s other stages after this, but for us, for now, for here, this is what we’re aiming for, seeking first communion with God, and all these things shall be added unto us.

I don’t know how that works. It’s an invisible process, but it works. It’s fabulous. We needed somewhere in the neighborhood of a thousand dollars recently, and it was supposed to be coming to us from a certain source. A check was supposed to be mailed to us, and it just didn’t seem to come. So, we had to meet another obligation, something we had promised and, well, it was time to seek communion and let all this go. So we did. We got quiet, felt that Presence, which if it had words with it would have been, “All that I have is thine. You be still. You rest. I am here. I have come that you may have life.” It’s that living, again, and life more abundantly, which I feel is not row upon row of goods, automobiles and houses and properties.

No, I feel like it’s that communion. That’s when you’re alive, when that tingling is happening. You can feel it. You are vibrating like a tuning fork. I am here, and you know it. Though that was the experience, and we opened our eyes and without uttering a word to anyone, three people donated to Mystical Principles, and it was in the neighborhood of $1200. It covered that thousand perfectly with two hundred to spare.

So I tell you that, not to say that how great I am or something, because I’m not. I was worried about how to meet it at first, and then, I thought, “Wait, what am I doing? I know better.” And so I got quiet. I had a meditation. I let it all go, and I just sat and felt this movement within, and then without uttering a word, without thinking it, without even thinking about it, there it was, fulfillment. And so I’ve done this so often, I know it’s the answer. And what he’s saying here is this is what we’re doing. We’re attempting, through meditation and practicing the principles, to know, to feel the unknowable. “That is the prayer of communion, and it comes about after we have attained a measure of life by grace, a life in which God is fulfilling itself as our experience.”

So when you begin to see this invisible something,—It’s really your true self.—but when you begin to see it appearing as fulfillment, you’re living by grace. You’re not living by struggling and striving and cheating and lying. You’re standing still and grace is living you. He says, “It is not that God knows our material needs and supplies them. God knows nothing of our need for automobiles . . .—” He says typewriters, but today it would be computers. “God knows nothing of” your [need for] automobiles,” computers, “or washing machines” But here’s the marvelous thing. This is the demonstration that Christ Jesus wanted you to have. “God speaks to us, and the mind interprets it in terms of dollar bills, books, employment, or companionship. God speaks as spirit.”

In your inner meditation you feel the movement of that invisible spirit. God speaks as spirit. We hear as spirit, but we interpret it according to our needs, to that which makes for our fulfillment, and I think that this whole thing is so marvelous! Don’t you? I mean, think about it. We can live by the mind and allow it to flow forth, which is a temple made by hands, and all of those can become corruptible. All those temples made with hands can dissolve, can deteriorate, or we learn this higher way. We learn to live by the spirit, by the soul, by the I within that whispers to us, “I am here.” We learn to live by that and then it builds a temple not made by mind, not made by hands, and that temple is invisible. It’s invisible. We sense it. We feel it, and then the interpretation by the mind appears out here as fulfillment.

Only this is different than that which is made only by the mind. When it is spirit appearing, it appears as fulfillment, and it doesn’t last a day or two and then dissolve. The best example I can feel right now is that when I tried to put together a relationship, I picked the best person, I thought, and after a while it was revealed that we were incompatible. It didn’t work, but when I forgot about that and I just communed within, then that was interpreted as my wife. We’ve been together for thirty years. It did work. It’s hard to explain, he says. You can’t utter these things to normal people. They will not get it, but you listening to this, you’ve been practicing principle. You get it. “John tells us that God is love. If God is love, why ask God for love? God is love.” That’s what I just explained.

God has no power to withhold . . . It is the function of life to fulfill itself, and that in infinite and abundant measure.” But you have to let it. This is not about what you know or learn. This is about what you let. We either let the mind run things, and it’s scared, and it’s insecure, and it’s dominating, controlling, whatever, however it manifests in you, and it doesn’t work. It’s very, very temporary, or we find the way to let, let my spirit flow. And then it forms itself, first invisible as the Christ of God, and then, through the movement of spirit, it is interpreted and appears out here as fulfillment. So I think that this is fascinating.

Alright, so he goes into the great depression in the thirties. “. . . Churches all over the world were open day and night for those who wanted to pray to God for supply,” and there were people doing it. They were praying for supply right and left, and at the same time, the government had trains ands scows that were loaded with food, and they were dumping them in the ocean, in the ocean! Nobody got it there, and it was there. They paid people to stop growing things. This guy grows corn in Iowa: “You stop! I’ll pay you not to do that.” This one has pineapples in Hawaii. “Stop it!” I’ll say to you to “Stop it! We need to stop it!”

So there was no lack of supply. Nowhere was there a lack of supply. There was an infinite amount of supply like there is now. However, people were praying for more supply, and so Bill says, “Suppose God answered then and gave you more supply. Then we’d have even more to dump in the ocean, wouldn’t we? That’s not the way.”

The way to restore normalcy, harmony, and abundance is not to pray to God to increase supply, which is already greater than we can use, but rather to become consciously at one with that source so that it can flow. You see that? The way to increase your supply is not to pray for more supply. It’s not even to ask someone else to pray for your supply. The way to increase your supply is to drop the prayers and the wishing and the wanting more supply. I know it seems weird. It seems backwards, but it isn’t. The way to increase your supply is to recognize this is not what I need.

I need the essence that appears as supply. So I’m turning within now. I’m going to rest within. I may say a few words that remind me that all that I have is thine, that God’s grace is my sufficiency, but then I’m going to rest until I feel that Presence, commune with it, and then I’m not done! When I open my eyes or even before I open my eyes, I’m going to say, “Father, what have I to pour out?” Now, we know that I may not have any money to share, but what about the service thing?

How may I be of service to those in my world, not how may I increase my supply? How may I be of service? So, there’s two parts to this. I may see an elderly person carrying groceries home and walking along the sidewalk, and I am perfectly fine to say, “Let me take those for you, and I’ll carry them for a while. When you get close to your house, I’ll give them back, and I’ll disappear. I may do something anonymously.

That was one of the fun things that happened this last week or two. I received an anonymous letter with some cash inside of it. Somebody is following this way. They are being of service. They are pouring out. I guarantee you their supply is not a problem because they’re living these principles. So what is the principle of supply? You turn within. You drop the desire. You turn within. You aim for communion, for feeling that Presence, and then, if you feel it, you rest in his or her consciousness. And before you open your eyes, you say, “Reveal to me ways that I can pour out.”

You can always pour, even if you haven’t got a penny. You can pray. You can pray for others. You can lift up the I within them. If you can walk and talk, you can be of service. You can do things anonymously and not get found out. That’s even better. So communion and pouring out from your house, from within, this is the way, and I guarantee you can’t do that and not have supply.

It’s not about finding the right guru, who can pray for you rather. It’s not about finding the right practitioner who can pray you into supply. That’s only a temporary fix. Yes, you find a practitioner that can commune with God, then you’re reaching out to his consciousness or her consciousness. Your consciousness is going to touch that communion, and it’s going to appear, but you can’t carry your practitioner around on your back or in your car or in your pocketbook. You have to live the principles for yourself. And the principle is first communion and then pouring. And you cannot not have supply if you live the principle. My job is to set you free from a personal sense of self. Okay? Alright. So that’s knowing the unknowable.

Now, let’s get back to this. “God is the very life of our being, the love and source of our being, but we must tune in. We must recognize and realize our at-one-ment.” Now, “realize” does not mean, “Oh, yeah, I get it now. I understand.” That’s intellectual.

Realize or oneness means going within and feeling that communion.

It will never be seeking any form of demonstration except the demonstration of God’s Presence. You get that? You hear that? If it’s supply, if it’s health, if it’s companionship, you seek nothing but that inner communion, and then open out a way for that imprisoned splendor to escape. Open out a way to pour that out. Okay?

The only legitimate prayer that will be left to us is a ‘Thank you, Father,’ and a sitting in the silence in sweet communion with the gentle presence that is already within our own being.

This presence will not be added to us. No, no, no!

It will be revealed as within our own being.” Yes, you will be knowing the unknowable.

You thought maybe you had to go out here and struggle and strive and connive and cheat in order to increase your supply, but that wasn’t it at all. It’s turn within, which is why “Jesus said, ‘Ask and it shall be given you. Seek and ye shall find. Knock, and it shall be opened unto you.’ And Joel says, “Beg, plead, knock, ask” for spirit, for spiritual illumination. Ask for God-realization, and pray for it. Ask for the gifts of the spirit. Ask the spirit for spiritual things. Paul said, ‘We know not what we should pray for as we ought, but the spirit itself maketh intercession for us,’ which means that you don’t ask for things. You seek the spirit, and the spirit itself, when you commune with that spirit, the spirit itself will appear as your need fulfilled. Boy, we’ve heard Joel say that a long time, haven’t we?

Suppose that God could be so personalized as to be available here and now, what would you pray for?” Something called a home, money, companionship, or a s parking space? Or for the Presence of God?” And then he says, “God really is just as available and tangible as though he were standing here visibly holding your hand. Why? Because God is omnipresent. God is omnipresence itself. . . . In the presence of God, there is nothing left for which to pray.” Isn’t that wonderful? That’s so wonderful! You turn within. You feel that presence, and all of your praying comes to an end. You simply rest. Now God prays. How does God pray? I don’t know, and you don’t know, except that I can feel it going on. I can feel that Presence stirring. I can feel that spirit moving over the face of the deep, which is Consciousness. I can feel it, and so can you.

Alright, so when we stand still in that Presence, when we feel that Presence move through us and it utters its Voice,—It may be simply, “I am here,” and you may hear those words or you may feel that. You may know that with no words.—that’s God’s prayer. And it, then, is interpreted by the mind and appears as your need fulfilled. Alright, hopefully we have that forever. “In the presence of God, there is nothing left for which to pray. “I just love that.

Alright, “from this moment on,” ladies and gentlemen, “you lose the privilege of praying for any person, any thing, or any condition.” What does that mean? That means that part of a material sense of self must, must be dissolved, must be wiped out, must be forsaken.

Your whole prayer now becomes a continuous song of gratitude that God is love, that God is here, and that God is now.”

It’s the feeling when I turn within and I rest. I drop all these images. That’s it. It just comes out. I just feel that Presence moving. There’s nothing left except, “Thank you.” or “I love you.” that comes out, and then the rest. There remaineth a rest to those following this path, to the people of God. So he says, “Do you begin to see the reason for constant and frequent meditation? Do you see now why you require stillness of mind instead of taking thought?” Yes, you do. So do I. “Do you see why in your meditation you must develop a listening attitude, a state of receptivity in which you do not think thoughts,” but you “wait for thoughts to come from the depths of your own being?”

Yes, I think you are able to tell the difference. In the beginning you might not be able to, but as you progress, it becomes, well, rest becomes speaking in tongues, the real speaking in tongues. You hear a thought that comes from your mind and you recognize it’s just the mind. It’s no depth to it, and you say, “Oh, be still now. I’m meditating. You be quiet.” Later, as you hear that thought that comes from within, “I am here; I’m here.” There’s a stirring that goes with it, so it’s not just the thought. There’s the thought and the Presence. And I can’t explain it to you any better, but that’s the difference.

Alright, now, “Truth does not have to come from up in the sky. You do not have to strain for it. You do not have to make a mental effort for it. You merely have to let,”—There it is.—“let it gently flow forth. “Realize that all your good is to flow out from you. None of it can come to you.” See, it’s the mind, it’s material sense of self that thinks it has to come to us, whatever it is we’re seeking. It’s the spiritual sense of self that rests, that knows, “I am here, and I am come that you might have life and life more abundant,” whatever life really is, and rest in that and still and receptive.

And then that state of resting, into that flows the Father, the Christ, the I am, and there’s an inner stirring, and there’s an inner silence, which is an absence of a material sense of self. And when that absence is there, you have received Him, and Him flows into you, Him, the I of you, the Father within, the Christ within. It flows in. You are in the center of Him, and Him flows into you. And “as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the Sons of God.” If you receive Him and you commune with Him, you have the ability to out picture Him, to express Him, to become the Son of God. You see?

So you have to “divorce yourself from any outer dependence, whether person, place, or thing.” This is hard. This takes a lifetime. This is not something we can do in a week or a month and probably not a year either, because when you divorce yourself from any outer dependence, whether person, place or thing, you are Christ realized. Christ could divorce himself from the law of gravity and walk on water. Christ could—can, let’s say can—Christ can walk through walls. He divorced himself from the material belief in atoms because he could walk right through a wall, can move right through a wall.

Christ could divorce himself from all medical belief. He can take a corpse and bring it back to life. So you can see in his demonstration that, well some of the depth of which you must divorce yourself from, from a material sense of universe. What he’s saying here is you have to divorce yourself from any outer dependence, and that takes quite a while for most of us. We don’t necessarily want to cling, but we don’t seem to be able to let go in a certain area. So it takes practice.

The truth which is your being becomes the light for all those who do not yet know that the kingdom of God is within them, and as they search for it, they will find it through you, not from you, —no!” no!—but through you. My job is not to make you into—what’s the word?—students, not to make you into a place where you are dependent on me. My job is to make you totally independent from me or anyone else and only bring you to a place of relying completely on this inner communion, this inner realization, this inner knowing of the unknowable. “To a person of mortal, material consciousness,” or a material sense of self, “it would seem impossible that a change could take place in his” or her “life by means of something he had never seen, heard, tasted, touched, or smelled. But with that first experience would come more and more experiences, and as one change followed another, the day would come when somebody would say, ‘You know, you are not the same person I formerly knew.’ The transition from mortal,material sense to some measure of spiritual consciousness would have begun.” And that’s what it’s all about. It never was about things.

As these first experiences come, you realize that it is possible to bring about harmony, joy, and peace in the outer realm through spiritual means” or spiritual communion. But remember, this is just the first experience, and so he says, “However, you are still thinking in terms of dollar bills . . . You are still thinking” in terms “of a heart, lungs, liver . . .” You’re still thinking of a human companion. So, he says, “That was but the beginning of your transition from mortal, material sense to spiritual consciousness.” This is the beginning perhaps for many of us from turning away from a material sense of self and coming into the conscious inner realization of a spiritual self. “But it” is “a transition, and the old man” is “beginning to ‘die,’ and the new one” is “being born,” dependent on spiritual means for attaining” its “material good.”

Now here is where he drops this next line. He’s dropping in a spiritual bomb if you see it, if you hear it. If you don’t have eyes to see it or ears to hear it, it’s something you just read right over. “The day eventually comes, however, when another transition has to be made”—Okay, we’re making a transition from a material sense of self to knowing that this inner spiritual being, which flows through us and in which we rest, this is our spiritual self, and we are beginning to sense a spiritual sense of self. However, the day comes “when another transition has to be made, and the realization dawns” on you “that neither supply nor the body is material. Even the universe is not a structural universe.”

Now if you heard that, that should be enough to rock your world. We have said how many times in these talks that we’re standing in the kingdom of heaven, but we’re seeing a material sense of universe. He says that there will come a day when another transition happens to you. You will have the inner realization that supply and body and companionship are not material. Yes, there was a material sense of these, but now you’re beginning to experience the spiritual sense of these. You may have lived your whole entire life of seeing this universe as structural, as material. Now comes an inner realization that there is not a structural universe.

It’s a spiritual universe. ‘My kingdom is not of this world,’—“no, not in any sense of the word. There are joys of which the people of this world have never even dreamed; there is a” spiritual “sense of health of which nobody in mortal or material sense, or even in the . . . half- way spiritual sense has ever conceived. There is another world, a new world. ‘My kingdom is not of this world:’ My kingdom is the kingdom of heaven [or spirit]. “There really is a heaven, and when the old earth and the old heaven are washed away, you come into the new earth and the new heaven and find that they are purely spiritual.”

You see, this was John’s experience: “And I saw a new Jerusalem coming down out of heaven.” He was experiencing a new earth, which is another way of saying he was experiencing his old earth of a material sense producing its image and likeness as the earth made by hands. He was now coming into the experience of receiving Him. He was seeing spiritual consciousness appearing, receiving him. Communing with Him on an almost continuous basis, John began to see a new heaven and a new earth. Spiritual consciousness was appearing as form.

So he says, “Now you enter a consciousness in which spirit is your only health, your only supply,” and your only companion. “Now you do not think of using spirit to get a human companion. You do not use spirit to make the heart beat faster or slower” . . . Here again is another transition; and in this second stage this man who has been ‘dying’ for a long time is completely ‘dead.’ Now is he resurrected, probably more than resurrected: ascended into a divine state of consciousness in which the values are no longer earthly.” He describes that in Beyond Words and Thoughts when he says, “I myself went through the experience of crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension.”

So, here is a man, not John thousands of years ago, but Joel just forty years ago, fifty years ago, saying I have experienced this, and you can too. “That transitional experience will go on and on and on until the ascension above all sense of this world. Then, there will be no . . . reincarnation because there will be no place into which to be reborn.” Yes, that’s the beauty of life eternal, which Christ Jesus said was the ultimate goal he came to give you, and he did. He came to show you that when you dissolve material sense of self and awaken to this inner communion, when you receive him, which is your real self, your spiritual self, your infinite self, then there’s no longer any incarnation.

There’s no one to reincarnate. There is only this invisible self appearing as form, and you have overcome this world. You have overcome reincarnation, and now you can rest and behold I, the immortal One. “The complete and perfect virginal, spiritual birth, or sense of being, will have been achieved. This is the ‘dying daily’ and the rebirth that goes on continuously until the complete ascension.”

Hopefully we see now—We’ve only looked at two chapters, very few pages in this book Leave Your Nets, but perhaps we see this in another light, a little deeper than we ever had. Maybe we thought it was a book on how to demonstrate supply or demonstrate health or demonstrate companionship. Now perhaps we’re seeing it’s a book on stepping out of mortality. It really is a book of how to step out of mortality and into immortality. Leave your nets. Leave that entire material sense of self. Leave the material sense of universe. Let it go, and now turn within and let.

Be receptive, says Joel, receptive to Him, to It, to I, the I of you. And, as you receive that I, you have the ability to become a beholder. You have the ability or the power, but I like ability. You have the ability to stand still and watch. You are finally able to bear witness to God in action flowing out from your inner self, as your inner self, appearing first as the invisible self that you feel, that you commune with, and perhaps that you love. And you feel its love flowing through you. And you behold I within you appearing as form. You see—you live, you move through a temple not made by hands. You discover there is no material universe.

Joel said over and over this is a spiritual universe, and when you come into the realization of that, you are the Christ. Only the Christ can behold the Father. That is said in scripture, and when you behold and you stand still and you rest in this inner Presence, then you’re Christ. You commune with the Father. It flows through you. You are the living Christ, and then you, too, can say, “The Father works, and I work hitherto” We are One. And you can say, “He that seeth me seeth Him that sent me. And you can say, “I am come that all may have life and life more abundantly. I am come that ye might have eternal life.” What a path! What a journey! What a realization!

Blessings to you all. Please put this into practice. It would give me great joy to see all of you receive Him. It would give me great love, great feeling of God, for God is love, to see you become the Son of God.

Thank you and God bless.

We’re continuing our look at this book, Leave Your Nets, by Joel, and we established last week that your nets mean your material sense of self. This path is not about getting better companions or more money or better health, although all these things happen. These are the added things, but not if you go after them. If you go after them directly, you won’t have them, and you wonder why the principles don’t work.

If you go after renouncing a material sense of self, a material sense of universe, and you begin awakening to reality in which you live and move and have your being, you will have all these things. They just come with no effort. Why? Because the principle says, “All that I have is thine.” So we’re looking at stepping out of a material sense of self and into that spiritual universe we’ve been promised.

And now we’re looking at chapter 2, “Knowing the Unknowable.” He starts out by saying, “Truth is infinite,” so “then, how great is your capacity? How big are you?” You’re “infinite, because infinity cannot be confined in anything less than infinity.” And I had an experience once which showed me this in no uncertain terms so that I could never forget it. I won’t go into the experience here other than to say for a moment I grasped, I saw, I felt my own infinity, which, by the way, is your infinity.

How many children does God have? One, one child, and it is the Christ, and we, you and I, when we renounce this material sense of self, the you and I, we come into the awareness of Christ as our identity, the one Son manifest here and there and everywhere. But we come into that in a way that ye know not of. We come into that with another faculty. We’ve been told that the natural man receiveth not the things of God. We’ve been told that the wisdom of God is foolishness unto men. We’ve been told lean not unto thine own understanding.

So this tells you that first, here, perhaps on a Sunday morning as you close your eyes, if you’re joining us in our meditation at eleven o’clock to eleven fifteen, here in your meditation, you may feel, come into an awareness of something. It’s been called the Presence, which I like because that’s what it feels like. It feels like an Omnipresence to me. It’s been called Christ. It’s been called I, the I of you, the Reality of you. It’s been called Father. It’s been called God. It’s been called Is.

It doesn’t matter what label we put on it with the mind. What’s important is not even that we understand it. I thought I had to understand it before I could experience it. That’s not true. You can approach God with no understanding whatsoever, and as we said last week, if in your meditation there’s an absence of self, then you can come into the awareness of capital “S” Self or Christ or the Presence, but your awareness is not the intellect. You’re not thinking.

You’re feeling. That’s the only word I can put on it is feeling, but you’re not feeling with your fingers. You’re feeling with an inner faculty called the Soul-faculty. When we read these books, we may intellectually agree with the principles, but we’re not yet feeling them. We’re not yet aware of them, and each principle that’s mentioned that you become aware of—well, each principle that you see with your mind, you have to become aware of. It doesn’t become reality within and without until you have that inner awareness, hence the need for meditation.

So the beginning of this chapter starts right out saying that you are infinite, but this must become an experience. All the times that Joel has said capital “E” Experience, the Experience, he’s referring to experiencing your own inner infinity. He says, “Because of that, . . . nothing can be added to you: not even truth. Therefore, the only truth, of which you can ever become aware, is the truth that is already within your own being.”

That is why I make one of these talks, and I have people send me emails, and one person will say, “Oh, I had such an inner realization of the immortality of life. I could just, I could feel it going on forever.” And another person, the same talk, will write and say, “Ah, I had such an inner realization about my own infinity.” And a third person will write me and say, “You know, while I listened to that talk, I could just feel that all that the Father has is mine. I could feel an infinite eternal supply.” And I, while I’m giving a talk, I may have my own realization, which is something different yet again from these three people. Why? Because the truth that we realize, the only truth we can realize, is within ourselves, and it’s, I think it’s fabulous! Alright, so that’s the first paragraph.

The second one says, “There are many ways of bringing truth to awareness and to conscious realization . . .” You see, awareness and conscious realization are the same thing, and when that happens you bring it into expression and activity. Okay, now, an intellectual understanding of a principle will not demonstrate it out here because you’ve got only a human being and the mind understanding, thinking it’s understanding the principle, but when you take it within and you live with it and you practice it for a week or a month or even a year, something happens. You come into an inner soul faculty. It’s called awareness or conscious realization. When that happens then it appears. It demonstrates itself out here.

You don’t demonstrate it. It demonstrates itself. You see? And then you know, “Ah, okay,” and you go on for your next principle, which will be revealed within you. Alright, so he says one way to bring forth your awareness, your conscious realization of truth, is to take a little cabin in the mountains somewhere next to a stream, perhaps, for a month or six months or a year or even two years and meditate and pray “day and night, and day and night, and day and night,” and maybe only taking a book of scripture, but you abide in the quietness and peace.

Eventually the truth that is within your own consciousness will begin to flow, to unfold.” Yes, and if you do that, I suggest you take some notebook paper because when it flows, you’re going to want to write it down. I have a journal, which I’ve shared with you, and that’s what I do. I write it down, not every one, but most. So he says that’s one way to do it.

Another way is through following some system of spiritual teaching in which there is a teacher with a measure of spiritual consciousness who, through his written or spoken word, is able to open the consciousness of those who come to him.” Yes, ‘“I, if I be lifted up from the earth, I will draw all men unto me . . . “can draw all those who are searching and seeking to my level of consciousness,” and that’s what we’re doing.

We’ve found perhaps a book by Joel Goldsmith or maybe we heard a talk by Herb Fitch. Something happened to draw our attention to this teaching called the Infinite Way, and we begin to read and take part in Joel’s consciousness or Herb’s consciousness. So, when we do that, well he says, “The spiritual teacher can be a teacher only in proportion as he has received some measure of spiritual light—not because he’s read books,” and I think we can, again I think this brings into play our Soul-faculty.

We can tell. I can tell if I go to see someone that’s speaking or even if I listen to a talk, I can tell, I get a feeling if the person is genuine, that is, someone who has a measure of spiritual consciousness, or if the person is spouting off quotes that they memorized or things from a book that they have read and read until it’s memorized. You can feel the difference. One is just kind of on the surface, and the other you can feel the depth. It’s really amazing. This comes as your soul faculty opens up and awakens from all of these meditations.

Do you remember Joel has told us everywhere, everywhere he’s talked or written, he has told us that we have to practice meditation, not for any things. Why then? We have to practice meditation so that we can become receptive. There’s that word again. Receptive to what? There’s that word again. Receptive to the truth that flows within, receptive to the awareness that flows within, receptive to the guidance that flows within.

We have been living for centuries on our best intellectual knowledge, and it has amounted to nothing. In the book, Realization of Oneness, Joel talks about we have to bring forth that invisible, incorporeal self. We have to bring forth incorporeal supply, incorporeal companionship, incorporeal invisible life, and that’s the same thing as saying we have to put off mortality and put on immortality. We have to step out of a material sense of self and into the spiritual sense of self, a spiritual sense of universe. Okay?

So, the spiritual teacher when you find one that’s genuine, you feel the depth of that teacher because of your meditations, because you’ve started feeling this incorporeal self or incorporeal universe. You’ll feel the same thing. There’s a stirring. That’s the word. As you listen, there’s a stirring within you. You can feel it, and you know that this person is genuine. Nobody has to tell you. Alright, so that’s how I gauge it. So when you find the spiritual teacher, he says, they can lift you to their level.

So if the spiritual teacher is already living in the invisible spiritual universe at times, maybe some of the time, maybe most of the time, they can lift you to that level. It doesn’t mean they lift you, and you don’t have to do any work. Ha! Ha! I wish it was that easy! No, you’re still going to have to do the work. You’re going to have to take the principle, work with it, make it your own, have a conscious realization of it rather than a thought about it, and you’ll come into, you’ll be lifted up. He’ll help you. He’ll guide you. He’ll say things that you go, “Oh, yeah,” but you still have to do the work.

Alright, this is a pretty interesting line here. He says, “When truth is recognized to be an integral part of your being, not even the search for truth will be left to you. How can you seek and search for that which is already embodied within your own consciousness?” What that means to me is we reach a place where we’re no longer running from this teacher to that teacher to the next teacher to the next.

Yes, we may pick up a book and look at it for inspiration. I do that. I read along until something hits me, and then I go into meditation, but I’m not at the library looking for books and books and books. I have a few favorites, and I keep them near me, and that’s that. But I know that the truth I need is within, and the only way I’m going to demonstrate it is by going within, stepping aside, stepping out of a material sense of me so that a spiritual sense of I can act.

Alright, so now here on page 7 he says there is no use to seek or search for family, companionship, home, or health. (I’m paraphrasing, and I’m adding the word “health.”) “There is no use to seek or search for them because you will never find them. As a matter of fact, it should very quickly become evident to you that all seeking for things—all desire—is sin.” And we know from our reading that sin is missing the mark. This is not a moral issue. This is: Are you seeking things or are you seeking that conscious realization?

Ah, I just made a pot of Kona coffee. It’s wonderful. It’s the real deal. Okay, so it’s a sin to seek things. It’s not a sin to enjoy them when they come to you, like this Kona coffee. That’s not a sin. I’m enjoying it. Thank you, Father. Wonderful, but I didn’t seek it. You see, there’s a difference. When you practice the conscious awareness, not the conscious thinking, the conscious awareness, these things come, and strange enough, what comes to me is Kona coffee or Peruvian coffee or Guatemalan coffee or Jamaica Blue Mountain coffee. What comes to you might be English tea. It might be camomile tea. That might be fulfillment to you.

It comes as this conscious awareness that you dwell in in your meditation and sometimes, with your eyes open, comes as a Presence, an awareness, a feeling, and then it appears as fulfillment, peace, and joy. You will have fulfillment, peace, and joy, but it will be fulfillment to you, not fulfillment to me. I like the mountains. You might like the sea. I have other friends that thoroughly enjoy the desert, and this Presence will manifest, will demonstrate, will appear as fulfillment, peace, and joy. So why seek these things and frustrate yourself and never find them, when you can come into your inner being and let it appear? You see?

Alright, so in the next paragraph he describes what it’s like to live as a human being. He sums it up by saying you’re “like a cork, floating on the ocean, you are a victim of every wave and every force that comes from every direction: from the water, from the wind above, and probably from beneath the water. As a human being, man is always a victim and a target. He is forever being played upon by one kind of force or another: economic, political, the weather, climate, or food.”

I think we can all agree that we know that’s what it’s like when we live in a material sense of self. I can’t tell you how long I was a victim of everything. As a child I was very sick. I had asthma. I had tonsillitis. I had this, that, and the other, measles, mumps, whatever else you can get, chicken pox. It seemed like I was always out of school with something, and you know, I didn’t have any background, any religious or spiritual training, and yet, at ten years old, I can remember being home sick again, and saying, “God, I’m so tired of this. Help me.” as a ten year old. And from then until my fifties, I was never sick again, some forty-five years, I think it was.

Alright, let’s see what he says in the next paragraph. That’s living a material sense of self, and you know it, and I know it. But what is this other thing, this invisible, incorporeal Self? “It is not necessary for man to be a victim of the times, the tides, or conditions. By bringing himself” or herself “into harmony with divine law, he becomes, not the victim of circumstances but, in the measure of his” awareness, “the master of them.” (I changed that “understanding” to “awareness” because this morning I’m using “understanding” as a reference to intellect, and I’m using “awareness” as a reference to your Soul-faculty.)

So what he’s saying is if you can or if you will practice this meditation and this meditating. You remember, he says he doesn’t want you to sit down for an hour. That may develop in time, but right now he wants to help you come into that receptivity, so you can receive within yourself a feeling, a conscious awareness, a soul faculty awareness, so that you can receive the Presence, the spirit, the Holy Spirit or the Father, Christ Itself, the I.

That is what will transform you from a material sense of self to your true spiritual being. They shall all be taught of God, and so when you develop this awareness, this ability to come into an awareness, to be absent from self and come into awareness of your real self, as you develop that ability, you will start living by the invisible. You’ll start hearing truth that maybe you’ve never read. You’ll hear truth that’s brand new for you, and it’ll come out of this infinite invisible self, and you will know that you are being taught from God.

I knew it the first time I met Herb Fitch, which is why I knocked on his hotel room, and when he opened the door, the first thing I said is, “I need to tell you, you’re not my teacher. I have a teacher within,” and he just lit up like a Christmas tree and said, “Come on in.” So, you will be taught of God. All of us shall be taught of God as we come into this awareness.

Then he goes kind of into a history here where he says in the early days the only way a teacher could impart truth was by speaking it to you, and so if you weren’t in his presence, you were out of luck. However, because of the invention of the printing press, these words could be put down. We could have a Bible with scripture. You might have the Gita. You might have a Upanishads, but you can read truth, and you can feel somewhat the consciousness of the one who spoke that truth.

So he says, “Today it is possible for anyone to bring divine grace or the power of the infinite into his individual experience,” and that’s what we’ve been talking about all morning here so far. “Today we know that every man, woman, and child on the face of the globe can leave their ‘nets’ and bring themselves into that union, thereby becoming a center or force through which God’s grace flows out into their community, speeding the day when the kingdom of heaven will be manifest on earth.”

Now, you should know by now it’s all about consciousness and what you are consciously aware of. You may be sitting next to someone in the class, and that person is in hell. They feel a conscious separation from everyone, definitely from God and maybe even consciously separate from themselves. There was a time in my life when I hated myself so much that there was two of me, and one was hating the other, and that is hell on earth. I knew it very well.

Now the other sitting there may be in heaven. Perhaps they had a great meditation that morning, and they’re consciously aware of the invisible throughout the room and emanating from people in the room and from the teacher. These people are in the same room. What is the difference? It’s not the room. It’s not the teacher. It’s not the course work. It’s not the shape of the chair you’re sitting in or the temperature in the room.

It is the consciousness of the one sitting there, and so it’s all about changing your consciousness so that you don’t live out from the intellect and from your past experiences as a human being. You live out from the infinite invisible, from the Christ within, from that Presence that comes to you, that flows through you—that wonderful Presence. You know that wonderful presence is you. It’s your Presence. All that I have is thine, including My Presence.

So, it’s all about consciousness, and these words that we speak and these books that we read and these meditations that we have should be leading us to a place where we are knowing the unknowable, which is the name of this chapter. “There comes a time in the experience of every person when human circumstances are such that he realizes he cannot go any further in the unfoldment of a happy, successful, or prosperous life without the aid of something beyond humanhood; and it is in in such moments that he may turn to a search for . . . God.”

I know exactly when it happened to me, exactly when it happened. I can give you the date. It was, well, I can’t give you the month, but the year was 1973. I had sort of looked for God before then, but I had a life experience that was so painful that I was either going to sink into a depression so deep and dark that I would have to find a psychiatrist to prescribe me something or I could take the other choice, which was to reach within for God, beg and sometimes plead for God. And then what happened was I was told that I needed to love God, transfer my love from her to God, and I did it.

In the beginning I pretended. In the end I fell head over heals in love with this Presence and being in its Presence and feeling it within me and watching it manifest out here. That became my life’s work, and it was a change of consciousness from having an intellectual understanding of some of these books to a conscious awareness of the living God, not a God from 2,000 years ago, a living God, a here present now God, a within God. So, yes, I know mine, and you probably know yours, exactly when you turned in earnest within yourself. It’s described in the Bible as “living with the swine,” sinking so far down after deciding to do it your way and live a material sense of life, a material sense of self. You wake up one day, and you’re in with the swine in the pen. How did I get here?

So you decide: I’m coming home. You may not even know where home is, but through a set of circumstances, something happens or you hear somebody or you read something, and you know it’s within. And so the search begins, but it begins in earnest, and when it begins in earnest, you begin to have conscious awareness. Your soul faculty opens up just like a lotus flower, which is why that represents consciousness. It opens up, slowly at first. Nobody could take it if it was all at once. Trust me. When I had that experience of about to go infinite, it was quite startling, and so you couldn’t handle it all at once, which is why Jesus said, “ I have many things to tell you, but you can’t bear them now.”

We’ve reached a place in evolution and involution where we’re ready. We can handle them. If you listen and take seriously some of the things that Herb says, you know you have to be a little bit, what, eccentric, off-center. “My people are peculiar people.” Yes, that definitely applies to us. He says, “Probably the very word God keeps many persons from finding him . . .” Yes, and my earliest concept of God, I didn’t have one. I was in—I’ve said this before.—I was in vacation bible school. I think I was six or seven.

My mother put me there. She didn’t believe in God, but she put me there so I would have something to do while she kept the house or went to work, whatever it was that she was doing at the time, and we were—you know how you build things and glue things and use scissors and rulers and stuff and you make things—and so we were making things in vacation Bible school. And there was a man up front, and he was talking about God, and I don’t remember what he said, as far as his talk was going, but afterwards I asked him, “Where is God? Who is God?” And he pointed to a picture of Jesus Christ, and he said, “That’s God.”

This is how I know I was a little different, even at that age, because when the break came, everybody went outside to play, and the man went outside to supervise them. I didn’t go. I stayed in the room by myself, and I walked up to that picture, and I looked and I looked, and finally I heard it in my head, “That’s not God. That’s a man.” I had nobody telling me that. How did I know? Well, the man was right in one sense because that is God. That was God teaching us as Christ, as Christ Jesus, but he was also wrong because he was saying that the person was God, and the person wasn’t God.

The person is a man, but I had to live quite a few experiences and quite a few years before I came into the conscious awareness of that. Yes, that is the most advanced Son that God has ever had, the most advanced expression of that invisible life called Christ. However, that was also a man, and the man came forth a couple of times. He got angry, and he whipped people out of the temple. If he said the words, “Why have you forsaken Me?” then he was definitely a man at that point, but you can’t blame him for that amount of suffering.

In the garden when he said, “Could you not stay awake with me one hour?” Even in his “Jerusalem, Jerusalem, how often I would have taken you under my wings, even as a mother hen takes her chicks under her wings, and ye would not,” you can feel, in a sense, loneliness because he would give them everything if they would take it, but they won’t. They wouldn’t. So you can sense his humanhood, but you can also sense his divinity, his Christ, his Presence, his Father within doing the works.

And, after all these years, I have come to see “as many as received him, to them gives he power to become the sons of God,” which means the expression of God, and so we all have this opportunity if we learn to be receptive. That’s how we come to know the unknowable, by transferring from a material sense of self, which thinks it knows truth, to a spiritual sense of self, which comes into the awareness of consciousness opening up, of truth flowing out from within.

So this chapter to me means everything. We must go beyond the mythical God of rewards and punishments. That is such a heavy burden that religion has placed upon us, this belief in a God that rewards and punishes. We’ve been taught that. I was taught that very early. “You better be on your best behavior. God’s gonna come back, and he’ll catch you.” That’s what I thought it meant when I heard that scripture which says, “I come at a moment ye think not.” Oh, you better be on your best behavior. “He’s gonna catch you doing that. You know that’s not right.”

It was built in. It was built in my conscience, even as a child. If I took a candy bar from the store, I knew I was in trouble. “Something was gonna get me,” and I guess, maybe, that’s why a lot of us try to be good because we’re scared of God, that concept of God. But that’s not God. There’s no God that’s going to get you, but that’s not even the hard one. The hard one is believing that there’s a God that’s going to reward you.

How often have we been good? How often have we bargained with God and had a conversation something like or maybe even a brief lightening fast thought that says, “If I do this, God, can you give me that? If I don’t eat all the pudding, can you not have me gain any weight? If I don’t get mad at that guy for cutting me off on the highway, maybe I’ll have a good day,” all these ways that we bargain and we think that God will reward us if we behave as good little children! Ah, that’s all material sense of self, every bit of that. This whole concept of a rewarding and punishing God. That’s part of the material universe and a material sense of self.

Years ago I realized, within, God is Omnipresence. There’s no place where God is not, and God is Omniscience, all-knowing, and It knows everything, every little nook and cranny, it says in the Bible, “even down to the marrow in your bones.” So God knows everything. God knows before the world was, and God will know us as we step out of this material sense of self. So, it’s impossible for me to believe that God would try to test me. Test me for what? God already knows my capacities and abilities. God already knows how fast I can do this, make this transition. There’s nothing to test. He doesn’t have to test. That’s ridiculous. That’s religion.

No, if there’s a test, I give it to myself. God doesn’t do it, and if I test myself, it never comes out right, so I have to stop doing that too. This thing will unfold, guys and gals. This thing will unfold naturally, beautifully like the flower opens up. It unfolds like the dawn. If you’ve ever been up and outside before dawn, and then dawn comes and you can see things lightening all around you, slowly it comes alive, and the birds start tweeting, and there’s life all around you. You can feel it. It’s awakening.

And this is how this comes inside of my being. There’s an awakening, and one of the things that goes is the belief in a God of reward and punishment. And thank God! What a heavy burden, that belief is, and so he seems to be debunking certain beliefs. Here he says, “ …the world concept of supply is that we go out and get it, we work for it, plan, scheme for it, or steal; but in some way or other, we do get it.” Yes, and the reward: We’re applauded, I mean, by the other material sense of selves when we have successfully got it.

However, “this teaching reverses that and says that the flow of the spirit of God in us is the secret of supply. But this is something we could hardly go out and tell to the man on the street.” And I told you that experience I had in the middle of Houston, I think, or Dallas. It was a fourth of July, Friday. It was raining. It was six or seven o’clock. It was still light out, but everything was closed. It’s a holiday, and it’s after hours anyway, and I’m driving down from Florida to California across the United States in an old Gremlin that had, I don’t know, a hundred or two hundred thousand miles on it.

A friend gave it to me, and I’m driving along, and it dies. It dies. It just dies. Everything goes off. I have to steer it to the right. There are some barrels there for some construction, and I steer it close to them, and I stop. And I wait a minute and turn the key, nothing, absolutely nothing. It’s totally dead. Now what?

Well, I did what any spiritual being would do. I panicked. I panicked in my mind. “Oh my God, what am I gonna do? It’s Friday night, and it’s raining. I’ve got eighty dollars in my pocket. How am I gonna get to California from Dallas or Houston with a car that’s dead? Am I gonna just leave it here and step out of the car and start hitchhiking? I can’t take it to a garage. I can’t call a tow company. I have no money. I might get it towed there, and then what? I can’t pay for repairs. I’ll have to get a job here in Houston here and work til I can pay for repairs and then get going.”

And then, I stopped myself right about then, and I said, “Wait a minute, stop.” That’s the thing I like so much: “Stop!” And I stopped, and I remembered, “Hey, if I can touch this within, the Presence, if I can feel it and be consciously aware of it, in some way I know not of, it will appear as my fulfillment, as what I need, whether it’s a tow truck, whether it’s a good samaritan that knows how to stop and help me get going.

I don’t know what it is going to be, but I know it’s going to be right. So I calm myself down right there in the middle of the highway with eighteen wheeler’s rolling by and splashing rain on the back window. I got quiet. I turned within, and I calmed myself down. The fear diminished, and I had a meditation, and I became receptive. That’s all, just receptive. I didn’t know a lot of deep truths. I didn’t repeat a lot of truths. I’m sure I said one like “Thy grace is my sufficiency,” and rested.

What happened? I rested until I felt that inner movement, that stirring. That Presence announced Itself, and I thought, “Okay then.” I tried the car one time. Nothing. Two times. Nothing. Wow! “I know I felt that presence.” I turned it the third time. Broom, boom, boom, boom, boom. It started up. I drove the rest of the way to California. I used the money to eat on the way.

I got there, and I pulled it into a mechanic. He looked at it in California, and he said, “The brain box for this car is dead. It’s fried. You should not have been able to drive it.” “I know,” I said. “What do you mean you know?” “Well, it died. It died in Houston.” Anyway, I didn’t go into it much because he wouldn’t understand, and that’s what he [Joel] says here. “This is something we could hardly go out and tell to the man on the street.” And so I didn’t. I just said, “I know,” and left him with it.

Well, I took that car down to, I drove it down to a Hyundai dealer, and I traded it in on a new, a brand new Hyundai. The sales manager talked to me, the financial guy, and he noticed something I had around my neck, and he asked me, “Are you involved with this spiritual thing?” And I said, “Yeah.” He said, “So am I.” And he let me walk out with a brand new car.

I had no job, no money. I had nothing, except he knew that if I was involved in this thing, I must be practicing honesty. And I’ll never forget it because I’ve made ever last payment, and I made sure they were early, and I paid the thing off. And the man was right. He was using his spiritual discernment on that day, and I thanked him.

So, what am I saying? I’m saying all this came out of feeling that Presence, of having the conscious awareness of it, not the thought. The thought, “Thy grace is my sufficiency,” did nothing except maybe help me slow down and get quiet and become receptive, but the receptivity did everything because “as many as receive him, to them gives he power” to transform this outer experience into heaven. That’s exactly what happened, and that’s exactly what happens with every meditation in which this presence flows. Okay, we’re not going to finish this chapter today, but that’s okay. I’m not going anywhere. I’ve got plenty of time.

Now, again he says, and he harps on this a lot. “How can we ask God for something that God must know we already need?” Yeah, going to God and saying,—and I’ve done it. I’ve been guilty of it—in saying, “God, I need $250.” I remember back several, well, thirty years ago, I guess, I need $250 for my rent, and I need it by, you know, Friday. Thursday would be nice too! And we’re informing God. That’s ridiculous. That’s absolutely ridiculous! But see, we have these concepts, and the concepts are that I can tell God something, and I can influence Him, and he’ll reward me with it if I’m good. All nonsense. All of it is nonsense, not true. Later as we progress, we realize, “Oh, that’s ridiculous, informing God like He doesn’t know.”

So, we learn, and I did at the time, to just turn within, become receptive, have the conscious awareness of the moment, and sure enough, when it came time for the rent, I was working again. I got a check, and it was paid right on time. It’s fabulous, I tell you, but we don’t do this so we can pay the rent. We don’t do it so we can have a companion. We don’t do it so we can have a check. We don’t do it so we can have health. We don’t do it so we can have a new house, a new automobile, a new wardrobe of clothes, a new iPod or iPad or Notepad or Galaxy or computer.

We do it so we can have slowly, we can be transformed from living a material sense of self to living in a spiritual universe, to watching, being a beholder, Joel says, of this invisible self appearing. And it always appears as fulfillment, peace, and joy to you, whatever is fulfillment to you, and you don’t have to tell it, and you don’t have to bargain with it. You don’t have to try to be good. He says, “It would be as ridiculous as saying that it is not necessary to pray to God for our good.” He says, “I know because, when I have made that kind of a statement, I have seen the shock on the faces of persons who were well trained in religious beliefs.”

Now, I have a relative who is trained in religious beliefs and happened to ask me one day what my talk was about that Sunday. And I said, “Oh, it’s called “Do Not Pray to God.” I forgot who I was talking to, and yes, the shock on her face! So I quickly said to her, “Well, what I mean is do not pray to God for things. You know, pray to God for understanding and wisdom and grace and bla-bla-bla. So I cleaned it up so she didn’t think I was crazy.

Alright, so—alright the prayer that turns to the Father and says, “‘Open my eyes; illumine me; give me light. Be a light within me; shine through me; express. Fit me to be a better vehicle for thy grace, a better servant of thy will,’ comes nearer to the higher form of prayer which is communion with God.”

Alright, so we’re going to stop there, page 12. If you, well, we come into this way of living, and somebody tells us that we are not to meditate or pray for things, and so we learn to say, “Father, open my eyes to the spiritual reality. Let me come into the conscious awareness of thy Presence. Let me feel the invisible, the infinite invisible self that I am.” And we start praying that way.

Later, we learn to close our eyes, and sometimes it happens in the twinkling of an eye. We close our eyes before we can think any truth. Immediately the Presence, the Spirit descends upon us. Now, those are kind of awkward words. Really, what it is is immediately we’re into our Soul- faculty. It opens up within, and we come into the conscious awareness of our infinite invisible reality, but that’s kind of not as poetic. I like the other better.

I like “The spirit moves over the space of the deep,” and that’s what it feels like within. Something is moving within you, stirring within you, and you know there is a God, and I am that, and you rest. You rest in that Presence, that beautiful sweet nonjudgmental all accepting Presence, and you rest in it, and you know you’re never alone again, and you know you never have to struggle for any thing, and you know that I and the Father are one, and you rest and you experience the communion of that Presence and you being One right where you are, and “It’s wonderful,” as Lanyon says, “It’s wonderful,” and “There’s no place like home.”

And then you go about your business, and all of these miracles unfold before your eyes, and you know, “Ah, yes! Joel was right. Herb was right. Bill was right. All that the Father has is mine, and you’re left with one thing: “Thank you, Father. I love you.” And for a moment, there’s a love that flows out and a love that returns, and in the next moment, there’s only the I standing where you are. And these experiences come. They really do, and they will come. The whole key is learning to be receptive, practicing the principles, we’ve come to see, and practicing meditation.

And we’re over an hour again. It comes so fast. I can only say “thank you” for listening, and “I love you.”

This is October of 2019, and I haven’t made any of these talks in quite a while, so we’ll see how this turns out. It is 11:16. I just finished the fifteen minute meditation that we have every Sunday morning. The purpose for this fifteen minute meditation every Sunday morning is to release Christ onto the scene.

If you’ve been paying attention, you know that this world, the world that we see with our physical eyes, is in dire need of something, and so if we have the ability to meditate until we touch this inner Christ and then release it to go wherever it will go, some part of this world will be dissolved, some error will be, well, it’ll disappear, and Truth will appear in its place.

You may not ever know where that is. It could be that your inner realization of Christ as the grace that feeds us all and your resting in knowing that, could release that Christ somewhere in Bangladesh, so that in some way unbeknownst to us now, they never again have a food shortage. You don’t know how it’s going to appear.

Maybe somebody’s crying out, “Oh God, how could you take him from me? I loved him so, and now he’s passed.” And in its place the person crying out has a spiritual awakening to find out that they’re never alone. You just don’t know. But I know if we continue to do this, not only is the Christ released, but some part of ourselves, some part of our false self, is erased at the same time. You see, as you awaken to the kingdom, you erase the false self. The two things go hand in hand.

I was looking this morning for the scripture that says, “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth,” and I discovered that not only in Revelation was that said, but way back in Isaiah 65:17 it says, “For, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind.” And all the way down here to Revelation, John says, “I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.” Now the sea is that false state of consciousness called world mind.

But anyway, we’re going to take a look this morning at this book called ‘LEAVE YOUR NETS’ by Mr. Goldsmith whom we all know as Joel. The first chapter is pretty tiny. It’s one, two and a half pages, but that’s what we’re going to cover today. And the reason why I brought up the new heaven and the new earth is because this, these two little pages and a half, if followed, will bring about a change in your inner consciousness. The false sense of self will dissolve, will begin to dissolve, and the new heaven and the new earth will begin to appear, and the two things are simultaneous.

So let’s enter into this chapter now. A lot of people read these books as if they’re reading a thriller, and they can’t wait to get to the end to see who done it, but we’re not going to do that. We’re going to read this book, I call it entering into the chapter. It is entering into the Consciousness that wrote or spoke the chapter. So we’re going to do that together, and if you’ve had your meditation for fifteen minutes, you should be pretty well centered. Alright—and if you haven’t, then you need to pause reading this and have your meditation first.

Now in order to enter into this chapter, we don’t read it fast to the end. When I’m reading a chapter like this, I read a paragraph, perhaps only a couple of sentences, and then something draws me into it. There’s an important principle. I can feel it. So I set the book down and I’m done, maybe for that day as I try to practice that principle which I saw, and then I’ll come back to it the next day, and I’ll read again. I may go for the whole rest of the page, and then something at the bottom calls to me, and I put the book down.

Okay, so if you have the book, you can do that same thing. If not, I suggest you get the book. None of these books are expensive anymore. I don’t know what this was when I bought it originally. It says $11.95. I don’t know if Acropolis Books has raised their price or not, but everybody should be able to get that.

Alright now, chapter one is called, “The Call,” “C” “a” “l” “l,” “The Call.” And this is something that happens to every one of us that are on this path, and so he starts with: “God-consciousness is a plane of consciousness different from that experienced by ‘the natural man.’” Alright, God-consciousness is what? It’s the conscious awareness of God, the conscious awareness of the presence, a conscious awareness of Christ. I don’t care what term you give it, but when you experience it, it’s a whole new plane than that of experience by the natural man, which is the physical man or physical woman.

That which you can see, hear, taste, touch, and smell around you right now and always through those five senses—you see a world that isn’t out here. It’s a world of concepts, universal concepts, which you entertain in the mind. It never gets outside the mind.

Oh, I know we could swear, “Hey, right here’s a table,” but the table is in your mind, and when you begin to have God realization or as what he calls God- consciousness and you become consciously aware of God’s presence, you’re not going to see that table as you’ve been seeing it. Trust me. You’ll see a whole new heaven and a whole new earth and everything in the earth. So, all he is saying here is that when you’re conscious of God, the earth is different for you than the natural man, than for those who are not conscious of God.

Let’s take something that we can all probably relate to. Let’s say we’re kind of busy. We have some things to pick up, and we have to go to that dreaded place called Walmart. I don’t know if you have any of those overseas, but here they’re everywhere. So you have to go to Walmart to pick up some things. Now your experience in the past has been that when you get there, it’s hard to find a parking place anywhere near the front door. You know you’re going to walk quite a ways, and when you finally get in there and you get your things, some of them aren’t there, especially the last year or two. You go for something that you’ve always got, and it’s not on the shelf. They’re out.

Now you get what you can. You go up to the front register and there’s a line. There’s ten people in front of you. Well, that’s probably an exaggeration. Let’s say there’s five people in front of you, and you get up there, and you’re wanting to get through there. You have things to do, but the register operator and the customer are in a chat. They’re chatting together, “Oh, so well, how’s Uncle Ernie?” “Oh, he’s good.” And you’re looking at your watch. Okay, that’s one experience. That’s an experience of the five physical senses as it approaches Walmart.

Now those of you that have been on this path for a while, you know that you can sit down and have a meditation as most of us did this morning, and then you’re reminded that you need to go to Walmart. What happens? You’ve made that contact. You’ve touched, you’ve had that God-consciousness if only for a moment, if only for a minute or two, and so you get up. You’re moving in God- consciousness. You don’t know it. All you know is when you get to Walmart, hey, there’s a parking place right up front. You pull in there and you go inside the store, and everything you need is there. You put it in your basket, you walk up front, and the lady says, “I’m just opening up. I’ll take you.” And you head right out.

And somewhere down the line, maybe not even until the nighttime as you’re reviewing your day, it dawns on you. Wow! What a difference! What a difference between the natural man and someone that has God-consciousness. So I know you’ve all had experiences like that. It may not be Walmart. It may be driving somewhere and all the lights turn green, and traffic just seems to move out of your way, but you know when you have that experience of synchronicity, everything’s going just right.

And the point of this is when you follow this way of life and you practice these spiritual principles and you practice this meditation and you carry it out into the street to the public, not speaking, but just knowing within yourself, Well, “I go before you to prepare a place for you,” everything just falls together with no effort. Now that’s the difference between that earth and the old earth, where you have to force everything, and you can’t get what you want, and it’s a struggle, and people are in the way. That’s just a little example.

Now imagine that you have traded in the entire natural man, the soul that lives through the senses only. You’ve traded that in. It’s dissolved completely, and you’re walking continuously in God-consciousness. I think you can see how that would make a new heaven and a new earth. Isaiah experienced it. John experienced it. Of course, Christ Jesus experienced it and many others, and so Joel has experienced it, too, and he’s telling us God-consciousness is a plane of consciousness different from that experienced by the natural man.

Now that different plane of consciousness gives you a different earth and a different heaven. He says, “The natural man is acquisitive, fearful, doubtful, and hesitant in thought and deed, all based on fears concerning the self.” If you’ve ever analyzed how you have been living as a human being, you probably come to see that everything is a struggle. You’re constantly trying to turn evil into good, whether it’s trying to overcome a cold or trying to save enough money without something breaking so you can do something else or trying to have a carefree, harmonious relationship with your spouse or your friend or your partner or your fellow employees at work. And that’s what we do.

We spend an entire lifetime, and I’ve said this many times. It reminds me of spinning plates. If you’ve ever seen those fellows who can juggle and they’re spinning plates on sticks, and they get about fifteen of them going at once, and they run over here because this one’s wobbling, and then they run over there, and if it’s a comedy, they’ll start falling and breaking and everybody laughs. But that’s what we live. We live that life. We’re spinning plates constantly as the natural man, and so that’s what this means to me. “He lives in a sense of separation from God,” and that’s true.

In my own case, I lived in that sense of separation for many years, but then something happened, and he says here, “. . . at some time in his experience, because of the depth and degree of his need, the natural man is turned inward to seek within himself for that which he outwardly requires.” Now that’s a first step. That’s a baby step, but it’s an important step because we’ve turned to God, toward God which is within. And I know in my own life when that happened, and you perhaps know in your life when that happened. Something happened that was so painful, I had no other recourse. I had no other choice. I turned within: “God help me.” And that prayer was answered. I had a spiritual experience.

Now, he says, “This inward turning becomes a search for God, a seeking for truth and, when earnestly and persistently followed, results in the dawning in consciousness of the verities: the activities, laws, substance, and being of the infinite invisible.” See, something happens in consciousness, and we become aware of the activities, laws, substance, and being of the invisible. “The natural man begins to ‘die,’ and the Son of God is being raised up.” Now, we don’t like to look at that too much, but it is a fact. If you long for this new heaven and this new earth, the only way for that to come about in your consciousness, in your conscious awareness, is the natural man must die.

He says, “Now the seeker begins to realize some measure of his oneness with God, and he eventually discerns that spirit really is the essence and very fiber of his being. The realization of divine sonship is unfolding, a conscious awareness of spirit and its law and being.” Alright, so you see what’s happening? What’s happening inside? The sense mind, the material sense of living is beginning to dissolve, maybe only in little ways at first, but at the same time that the material self is dissolving, you are becoming consciously aware of a new heaven and a new earth, and that’s called here a “divine sonship is unfolding, a conscious awareness of spirit . . . The Christ, or Son of God, is being born again in the manger of human consciousness, and evolves by stages to the degree of manhood in Christ, to the full stature of sonship or God- Consciousness.”

Alright, so the name of this chapter, chapter 1, is called “The Call,” and the call is when you feel that calling within you and you turn within. And it’s probably, in the beginning, just out of some severe pain. Maybe somebody you’re real close to passed away, and you can’t understand it, and it forces you to look for answers, but as you go on and you turn within, it becomes a search for God. Something is calling you. Something is standing at the door of your consciousness and knocking.

You may not hear any voice, although some people do. You may not hear anything, but there’s this inner intuitive feeling I must go on, I must search deeper. And so he says, “On this higher plane, the ‘old man’ appears less and less. Now one becomes aware that this old man is not and never was” a real identity, “a real entity, but rather that a false concept of the creative principle and its universe had been entertained and accepted as truth.”

Now, he just slides these things in here when he’s talking or writing. These were letters to his students. He just slides things in that you don’t even see, you don’t even notice. Right here he just said, the old man is not and never was real but a false concept. So he just told all of us that the natural man, the material sense of self, is not real and never was. This is the very veil that covers the conscious awareness of God, this material sense of self, that guy that’s getting frustrated or that gal that’s getting frustrated in the middle of Walmart. That guy, that gal was never a real entity but rather a false concept.

That concept is covering consciousness. We entertain these concepts: “Oh, I know her. I’ve been married to her for thirty years. She does this. She does that.” Those are concepts, and entertaining those concepts, I can’t see the God that’s there, and so I have to die to these concepts. At first it only happens in meditation. For a moment I forget, and then I have an experience, a conscious awareness, and I say, “Oh my goodness! That was wonderful!” I know now who she really is. I know now who I really am.

Okay, so he says, “More and more the awareness of [our] true identity becomes manifest, and slowly truth dawns in consciousness, until God is beheld as one’s own being.” Now, if you read that, the last few words in that sentence, it says, “God is beheld as one’s own being.” He just told you that the reality of you is God. This is an inner realization, not an intellectual understanding.

If you have an intellectual understanding that the truth of you is God, you may go off into the deep end somewhere and believe that you can do this or do that or, like my friend from India, you may feel that since you’re really God and all this is a play, you don’t have to do anything, so you’ll just sit and drink and be merry.

But if you have this inner real realization, a real realization of God consciousness, of where you’re consciously aware of God sitting where you are, then you may hear the words, “Be still and know I am God.” And it comes from within you, and you’re startled. What? Wait.

Is that true? And you go back to the scriptures and back to the books because you read it for years, but you never saw it. Now you’re seeing it. You’re having that inner real realization. That’s what he’s saying: “God is beheld as one’s own being.”

Now comes the understanding that ‘man shall not live by bread alone.’” See, he didn’t have that understanding up until then. “‘Man shall not live by bread alone,’ but more by the consciousness of truth, that the acquisitive consciousness has given way to the I-have-meat-you-know-not-of- consciousness. In this [new] consciousness, there is no selfhood for which to fear, since God has been revealed as the only Selfhood, Self-sufficient and eternal.” So there it is again. He hit it with you twice. He hit you with it twice. God is beheld as one’s own being, and then, God has been revealed as the only Self.

We all want that new heaven, and we all want that new earth. We can’t have it until the natural man begins to die, and that’s the part we don’t like. I think it’s kind of funny sometimes when I read that Joel says people would call him and say, “I need some help in this area, but don’t treat me for smoking because I want to continue” or they may not say it, but they may think, “Don’t treat me for gambling. I want to continue with that or don’t treat me for drinking. I’m enjoying that at night.”

That’s the natural man, wants to hang on. You can’t have both. You can’t have the natural man running things. You can’t have, you can’t live in the material sense of existence, which is the natural man and have a real sense of existence. You can’t live in a material sense of existence and have the conscious awareness of God. The two can’t live together. Choose you this day whom you will follow. Will you follow the natural man a little longer? Will you continue to live in a material sense of self or will you begin to die to that, step out of that, and step into the conscious awareness of the living God, of your living God Self?

Now you start that in your meditations when you’re able to forsake yourself and be receptive to God. You see, I’m reminded again and again: “To as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God” really means to as many as were able to die to a material sense of self, stand still in their meditation and just stop, into that silence flows the conscious awareness of the living God, and you discover a new earth and a new heaven. Okay, we can see how all these things tie together.

Silence is not an absence of sound. If you’re sitting down to meditation and you think you have to have an absence of sound and be totally quiet, you don’t. Sound is not referring to no other sounds. Silence is referring to an absence of self, an absence of world thought. That’s the Silence, and you can do that while you’re walking or driving or eating or whatever, and this is what we must learn, an absence of self, an absence of a material sense of self, an absence of that world thought, the thoughts about the world.

When you have that absence of self, you will have attained the Silence, and into that Silence, into that inner receptivity that you have created by an absence of self, into that Silence will flow a conscious awareness of God, and it will show you a new heaven and a new earth. You don’t even have to ask for it.

Alright, so it now becomes apparent that life is lived by grace as the gift of God, and the sense of personal effort, human will, and struggle falls away. Life is lived by the law of God.” The supply of our daily needs unfolds. “The supply of our daily needs unfolds, with no anxious thought, from the infinite Source of being,” and that’s what the children watching us learned this week. That really does happen that way.

The divine harmonies of human relationships are maintained by the beauty and activity of the Soul unless one forgets himself and temporarily becomes a reformer of others and, by so doing, brings on the enmity of the ‘natural man’ who desires not at all to be extinguished.” Now see, he just snuck another one in there. He just snuck it right in, and we read right over it. Yeah, and we kind of probably chuckled at that. Yeah, trying to change others. I get it. No, you didn’t get it because the last sentence says the natural man desires not at all to be extinguished.

In other words, the natural man has to be ‘extinguished’, you, you sitting there, Mr. Paul, Mr. Peter, Mr. Jerry, Miss Sue, Miss Mary, Miss Amy or Mrs. Brown, Mrs. Smith, Mrs. Jones. You have to be extinguished. It doesn’t mean that you’re going to disappear. No, no, that’s not what happens. You don’t disappear. You stop living in a false consciousness, and the son of God appears. You discover your real identity. You discover your real source, your real supply, your real companion, your real health, your real life. You discover It, and It begins to live you, but, but, but yeah, the natural man has to be extinguished.

I want a new heaven! I want a new earth! I want these good things everybody’s telling me about that has walked this path for a while. Okay, well then the I that’s saying I want this and I want that, that’s the one that needs to be extinguished so that you can be receptive and receive the gift of God. “If we are rich, we are poor indeed unless our wealth is in him. If we are well, the body aches unless our health is in him. There is no peace, no security, no joy except these be found in him, whom to know aright is life eternal—yes, life, joyous, peaceful, and serene.”

Yes, you can have a new heaven. You can have a new earth. You can have a new self, but it won’t come into your awareness until you begin to extinguish that material sense of life, material sense of self, material sense of others. “When the call comes to you to leave your ‘nets,’”—Now what is he saying, really?—When the call comes to you to extinguish the false sense of self, “you will understand that you are called upon to leave behind the limited and limiting sense of existence because you are ready to drop your dependence on persons, things, and conditions of the world to live wholly in God.”

So, are you ready? Are you ready? If you are ready to drop that material sense of living that has to have these people, places, and things in order to function; if you’re ready to leave that fellow or that lady behind and reach for this higher consciousness—That’s not really true. That’s not how it really feels. It’s not a reaching.—It’s a letting. If you’re really ready, then you’ll find a way, a place to turn within and be receptive because you receive Him.

You don’t make Him. You don’t create Him. You don’t think Him. You receive Him. You receive the Father. You receive the Christ, which makes you consciously aware or gives you God-consciousness. And the only place you can receive that is within, and so finally he says, “No longer will you so keenly love, hate, or fear the conditions of ‘this world,’ the realm of effect . . .” I think he softened that blow a little bit because I’ve heard him say, in other places, that you have to lose your love, hate, and fear of this world, but he softened the blow a little bit.

I think if it was just him talking, perhaps to himself, he would say, “No longer will you love, hate, or fear the conditions of this world,” but I think he stuck in “so keenly,” either he did or the editor did, so the blow would not be so harsh, but it’s true. When this consciousness comes upon you, you will no longer love, hate, or fear the conditions of this world. Why, you ask? Because you’ll be seeing through the veil of this world. You will be seeing a new earth, a new world, and a new heaven, and he says you will not “so keenly love, hate, or fear” it “because now you will perceive the true nature of God as the cause, law, and source of your good.” So that’s the same thing.

You will understand now that the infinite invisible is your rock, your fortress, your high tower, and your sanctuary from every storm and strife of human belief. Further than this, you will see that only the Invisible is power, and therefore, no power for good or for evil exists in the realm of effect.” Now that was our realization last week, wasn’t it? If you recall, it came this way: There is no world thought in the world. None. Now that was uttered from a place of consciousness that could see a new earth. No good or evil exists in the realm of effect. “Your entire obedience and dependence will rest upon the within and not upon the without.”

That’s something you can use as a tool to measure your spiritual progress. Are you relying on something out here, rather than within? And we all have to say, “Yes. I do,” but the day will come when you will only rely on the within, and the more the natural man is extinguished, the more the son of God is raised up. That is, the one who is consciously aware of the presence, in him we live and move and have our being. So, everyone of us is walking in that direction, and I do not believe any of us have reached the place where there is nothing we rely on out here. For some it may be medicine. For some it may be an income. For some it may be stocks and bonds or property, and for some it may be a significant other, so there’s work ahead of us. And that’s okay. I’m working too.

When the voice says I will make you fishers of men, you will understand so clearly that God is your being, that those who come to you will seek and find spirit as their life too.” You see? They will come to you, and by listening or following the principles you set down before them, they will also come to see that Spirit is their life, and you will too. You will come to see it first in your meditations and then while walking around with eyes open—Spirit lives itself— and you’ll feel it move through you, even as I do (right this moment). And finally, he ends with, “Leave your ‘nets’ and follow Me.” And that’s a capital “Me.” And so he’s saying leave your material sense of self and follow your Consciousness, your conscious awareness of God. Follow It down within, deep down within.

Okay, so it’s only two and a half pages, but the whole gist of the message is to leave your nets. Well, I can’t. I’m too busy. I’ve got some fishing I have to do in order to eat or I’ve got this or I’ve got to go to Walmart or whatever. I don’t have time right now to meditate.

Just stop it, would you? Okay, fine. I’m not trying to push. Don’t [do it]. Put it off for a while. Put it off for another season. Put it off a few years.

I’m going in—Let’s see. It’s twelve o’clock. So in about four hours, I’m going to my granddaughter’s funeral, and she was one that my wife and I worked with for a while, and she put it off. She put it off, put it off, and I’m happy to say that she was attempting to follow spiritual principles the last year and a half of her life, twenty-two months, and then she went in for a surgery and never came out.

So, I say that because, not that there’s only one chance. She probably was moved way ahead on the path if she was open and receptive because, “as many as received Him, to them gave he power to become that sons of God.” So probably in her crossing over she realized quite a bit. Who knows? Maybe she’s ahead of me now, and that’s good. She can give me some hints in my meditations, but the point is don’t put it off. Why are you putting this off? Yes, you’ll have another chance, another life, another life, another life. Aren’t you tired?

Don’t seek a better companion. Don’t seek the right companion. Don’t seek better health. Don’t seek longer life. Don’t seek a better job. Don’t seek more income. Leave that. Leave that. That is your nets. All of those are the things that a material sense of self is concerned with, and you have to drop it. Well, you don’t have to, but if you want to come into this new Consciousness of a new heaven and a new earth, then you do. You really do have to step out of that way of living and seek God. Seek within for the Christ presence, and seek to be a beholder of that presence moving through you and living itself. Every time it comes through, it dissolves a little more of the false sense of self.

So Isaiah was walking this same path that we are, the same exact path, and you can tell. Listen again. “For, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind.” Now that’s Isaiah 65:17. He heard that within. He couldn’t have heard that out here. He heard it within and he spoke it. Somebody wrote it down somewhere and saved it, and all the way through the Bible, all the way down to, well, actually Second Peter says, “Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness.”

So Peter is practicing the principles and looking for a new heaven and a new earth, and then we get to John here in Revelation, and he’s attained it. He’s attained it! “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea. And I John saw the holy city, the new Jerusalem”—That’s God Consciousness.—I saw a new Jerusalem, “coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.” I just can’t hardly read that and get through that it’s so overwhelming. God has prepared God-consciousness as a bride adorned for her husband; for all of us, but not all of us will experience it right away.

Some of us want to play around a little longer in a material sense of self. But those that won’t, they’ll follow John’s direction. I’m going to read it because I like it so much. I know you’ve heard it before. Sorry. Well, you lucked out because I ended up over here in First John, so you won’t have to hear the same thing again. But this is just as beautiful: “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life,” the Word, “For the Life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us.”

Now there’s a fellow who has seen and is seeing the new heaven and the new earth. He’s been given this new consciousness. Why? Because he went within. “And as many as received Him, to them gave he the ability to see the new heaven and the new earth. That which we have seen and heard declare we unto you so that you may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with his Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you.”

He’s going to tell you about this new earth and new heaven right here, “that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all.” Isn’t that wonderful? There’s a fellow that you know he’s experiencing the new heaven and the new earth, and you know how he got it because he tells you. And he tells you in this new earth, there is no darkness at all. In this new heaven, there’s no darkness at all. So you know the natural man who receiveth not the things of God, the natural man can’t see this new heaven and this new earth. And we’ve discussed this before, two people sitting on a bench, one’s in heaven and one’s not in a very nice place, perhaps contemplating suicide they hate this world so much. They’re sitting on the same bench, but the difference is consciousness.

The one who’s in all that pain is wrapped up in a material sense of self. The one who’s sitting there at peace and feeling the kingdom everywhere has this New Consciousness. And how to you get it? Well, you get it from reading these books, contemplating them a paragraph at a time. You get them from perhaps listening to a talk from someone that is experiencing the new heaven, the new earth, even in part, and you mostly get it by turning within and being receptive. Joel has said that over and over and over again because he knows what John says here is true.

As many as received Him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, which were born not of blood nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.” You see, it’s a new heaven and new earth right there. You’re not that natural man who’s born of blood, born of the flesh. You have followed what Christ Jesus said to do. You must be born again, born of the Spirit, and this takes place within you, and then you have the experience of being lifted up or out of a material sense of self and into a New Consciousness, a new heaven, a new earth, “and the Word is made flesh and dwells among us, and we behold His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of Grace and Truth.”

So, I snuck it in on you, but I just think it’s so beautiful. Gosh, it’s just so wonderful. John experienced it and spoke it, and then somebody wrote it, and then somebody else copied it, and then somebody else interpreted it in a new language, and finally we have it in English, and it’s still right there. All of those times that it was changed and spoken and written, and it’s still right here: “the glory as of the only begotten of the Father.” You see, the son of God is what the Father made.

The Father didn’t make the material sense of self because if you look up in the beginning [of John] here, it says, “All things were made by Him, and without Him was not anything made that was made.” So that which was made into a material sense of self was not made by Him. The material sense of self, the natural man, has to be extinguished, and it happens best in your meditation, whether alone or whether in a class or whether with a group that’s meditating on Sunday morning, and as that, a piece here and a piece there and a piece here and a piece there of that natural man begins to dissolve, at the same time you begin to come into an awareness of a new heaven and a new earth.

You will find that everything changes without going anywhere. Everything changes. You will find that if you receive him, well, it’s like Dorothy in the Wizard of Oz. “There’s no place like home. There’s no place like home. There’s no place like home.” And home is in Him, in the conscious awareness of God or God-consciousness. So you see, if we read this book chapter by chapter, paragraph by paragraph, we can come to see a great deal perhaps that we can’t see just by reading over it real fast and putting it back on the shelf.

The first sentence and the last sentence say it all really. “God-consciousness is a plane of consciousness” or an awareness “different from that experienced by the ‘natural man.’” You can say God-consciousness reveals an earth and a heaven different from that experienced by the natural man. So, how do you get it? The last sentence: “Leave your ‘nets’ man and follow Me,” God- consciousness.

Well, I had a great meditation before this talk in which I felt the Presence, and I wasn’t going to give a talk until I did, and I did. And it flowed through and hopefully it flowed through into this talk on the first chapter called, “The Call” of Leave Your Nets. Thank you everyone who wrote letters of kindness and sent in donations. It’s quite wonderful to see the hand of God working through everyone in the Mystical Principles Group. It’s wonderful. You know, I think I’m turning into Walter C. Lanyon, who always says, “It’s wonderful.” I have to admit he’s right!

So that’s about an hour, and I guess we’ll just close with saying, “I love you, and thank you for listening, and be receptive to Him.”

Welcome again.

It would be a perfect meeting today if we were all at a certain place in the Bible which is signified here by the 12th verse in the 21st chapter of John:

Jesus saith unto them, Come and dine….and [then he] taketh bread, and giveth them, and fish likewise.”

Now there are other translations of “Come and dine,” which are more accurate. The world today, as then, has been in a form of fasting from Truth. Just as we are to fast from untruth, we have been fasting from Reality. And when the Master says, “Come and dine,” he is really saying to his disciples, “Break your fast.” He isn’t saying, “Come and dine,” he is saying, “Let us have break-fast. Let us break our fast now from the unreality. Let us sup now on that which is Real.” And so he takes fish and bread to them. This breaking of the fast is where we should be. In our consciousness we should be breaking the fast from mortality, from materiality, from that which is not of the Father. We should be ready to dine. And this is now exemplified further in the 18th and 19th verses.

Verily, verily, I say unto you, When thou wast young, thou girdest thyself, and walkedst whither thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not. This spake he, signifying by what death he should glorify God.”

You’ll find that later in Peter, the 2nd epistle, the 1st chapter in the 14th verse.

Knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath shewed me.”

Peter acknowledges that he must put off this tabernacle as Christ showed him. Now old and young here refer to Spirit. When you are Spiritually young and Spiritually mature. When we were young we girded ourselves and walked where we wished; we were in human will. But as we become Spiritually mature we are girded by another. In short, the Christ takes over and we walk in Divine Will. And this is where the disciples are as the gospel ends, walking in Divine Will, the New Man released, the old self Impersonalized. And today when we take up World Work we’ll find a few secrets about it.

We have been in the process of learning Truth. And as Joel points out as he begins the chapter 12 in “Realization of Oneness,” there is now a point where many are able to avoid the disasters of the world. And he says, “That’s not enough.” There’s no problem avoiding the disasters of the world if you’re in Truth. “It shall not come nigh thee.” But now he says, “You haven’t been learning just so you can avoid the disasters of this world, now you must become a center of Light unto the world. A place where Truth is demonstrated not as an individual alone but as a Universal Truth.”

And so when he bids us to take up World Work the first thought we have is, “Oh, we’re going to now help the world.” And we must learn that we’re not going to help the world at all. World Work is quite different than helping the world. The secret behind World Work is two fold.

One is that you are learning that the world is the veil where your Self is. Your World Work is to unveil your own Self. We have been thinking in terms of our human selfhood and even when we accept Spirituality we still think in terms of a limited personal Spiritual selfhood and there is none.

World Work is the expression of your Infinity as Being.

When you rest in the Word and know the Truth of the world, you are merely finding your Self as an Infinite Being. And therefore in every book when Joel speaks of World Work the real secret is, is revelation there to those of us who have eyes that we are not to live within the boundaries of a mortal concept. When you are able to, through the knowledge of the One Self, reveal the non-existence of material powers on the earth you are really finding the One God, you are believing in God.

To believe in God takes a new turn now. You cannot believe in God only where you are or around the corner, you must believe in Only God. There can be no second belief. Our World Work is the expression of our belief in God as the universal Self. And there is a further development as we deepen and make a greater penetration into Reality.

Now then, we have been ordained, we have been chosen. We have been chosen through Scripture although we have not realized that we were chosen. We have been chosen to walk a separate path than the world. We have been chosen to bear witness to the activity of God in human consciousness. And if you do not accept the fact that God has chosen you to function as a Light upon the earth, then this is not believing in God, because the words of Scripture are very clear that you may not hide your Light under a bushel. That you are here to be a faithful witness. That you are here to be a transparency. That you are here to Christ the world. Not to love it or hate it or fear it but to Christ it. You are here to bless the world.

And as you survey the activity of Christ on earth appearing as Jesus, you will see that by words and by deeds everything that was done was to make you aware that this is the Christ of your own Being appearing in what we call mortal flesh. The words of the Christ were the words of your Self, the deeds of the Christ were the deeds of your Self, and they were words and deeds to show you the nature of your own Being. We must now look at Jesus Christ in another way, as the outer expression of your own Self. And the ordainment comes from that Christ of your own Self saying, “Now believe on Me. Follow Me. Deny your own mortality. Pick up your cross of mortality. Do not hide your Light. But walk in the footsteps of the Invisible Christ.” This is the ordainment and it must take us out of the desire to improve our personal conditions. That is the very purpose of World Work. It is not to improve the world. It is to lift you out of the belief that you are a finite being and that where the world seems to be, You are.

Now when you practice World Work it may seem to you that you’re doing a favor to someone somewhere, that you’re helping them behind the Iron Curtain or you’re helping them in the White House or you’re helping someone somewhere – but you’re not. Until you are willing to step outside of the mortal boundaries of the mind and without desire for personal reward, do World Work you are not accepting the Infinity of your own Being. It is a subtle way in which Joel has lifted us up to look face to face at our own Infinity and either reject it or accept it.

Now while you are doing World Work you may not seem to be meeting your own personal problems and yet that is the way to meet them. The World Work you do will take you out of the false sense of self which has the sense of personal problems. And so Joel is stressing again and again in more ways that meets the eye, that you must be taken out of your own sense of self. You must learn to give of your Self to something bigger than a person. To something bigger than helping persons anywhere. Giving the universe back to God.

Now in our World Work then, we’re going to find that we’re not thinking of ourselves. We’re not thinking of my lot in life. We’re not thinking of my physical condition. We’re not thinking of our finances. We’re not thinking of anything that will make us enjoy life more. And if you’ve been touched by the vision of Truth you know that is the way in which all of the doors of the inner mansions open. As long as there’s a remnant of personal self left in us which is still saying, “What about me?” we have lost the way and we are separated. Among the last words of the Master within were, “Feed my sheep.” But who are my sheep when all is One Christ? Do you see how that has been hidden from the world? We could open kitchens for the poor, that wouldn’t feed the sheep, you would still leave them in dying bodies. Always the desire to help and to over-help and to be a crusader has hidden the fact that feeding my sheep means: to recognize the Universal Christ.

Now as you sit back and think of the many teeming ideas that come to you all day about how you should improve yourself, remember you are living in a limited sense of self when you do that. The great vision of un-selfing is brought to mankind by the Crucifixion. When Joel says “Impersonalize” and Christ Jesus walks forth and shows Crucifixion you are hearing the same word. To Impersonalize and to Crucify are identical. Every time you Impersonalize you are crucifying a false concept. One word is more harsh but it is also more total. It is the word we have to face. In order to be free you must live in Truth. And you cannot live in Truth as long as you believe that God created human flesh.

Now then, if we’re going to do World Work we’re not going to improve human flesh. As Joel puts it, “We’re not going to go behind the Iron Curtain surreptitiously because Christ is already there.”

Now are you ready to make a turn that will be very significant? If you are accepting Truth, if you are willing to agree that because God did not create human flesh that flesh is not here, that whatever God did not create is not here, but something else must be here; and it is a Universal Spirit.

Your World Work is to rest in the conscious knowledge that Universal Spirit everywhere is the only Presence and is unopposed.

There is nothing for you to do beyond the recognition, the acknowledgement of the Universal Christ. That will encompass loving God supremely. It will encompass loving your neighbor. It will include everything that is taught as a principle. The recognition that only Universal Spirit is Present.

And now in Universal Spirit there can be no sickness or war, no death or disease, no lack, no limitation and therefore we’re not trying to remove these things; we’re recognizing their non-existence. We are maintaining a transparent Divine Consciousness which is unconditioned, which knows no mortal powers, no material powers, no human powers. It does not acknowledge evil. And therefore it does seek to remove evil. It does not resist evil. It does not try to dissolve evil. We recognize only Invisible Spirit in which evil has no existence. And knowing this Truth you rest in this Truth. And that Spirit which you recognize to be Universal is the Spirit of your Being.

Now if these facts are clear then we must find: where is this human flesh? Where are these world conditions? Where are the evils? Where are the problems? Where are the limitations? Where are the errors?

The martyrdom of Peter was that he was going to die to the flesh to be born of the Spirit. The Father has no pleasure in our dying. Our death is the glorification of our Spirit. Our death is the death of all material concept. In the death of material concept we are obeying the Scripture which says, “The Father takes no pleasure in your dying, wherefore turn ye and live.”

Now the turn is – and this comes fittingly at the end of our long journey opening a new door – the turn for us must be that the world out there is not there. And there is a practice for you which must be begun in earnest. If you have glimpsed it from time to time or practiced it from time to time now is the time to accelerate. “Turn ye.” There is no event in this world that is out there. And there are no exceptions. Whatever you see out there is within your mortal mind.

Now we want to learn how to place it correctly within our mortal mind and then dismiss it.

It may be an army but it isn’t out there. It may be an epidemic but it isn’t out there. It may be an ocean but it isn’t out there. There is nothing out there but God. And all that you believe to be out there with the mortal mind exists only within the mortal mind. And you can tuck it safely into that mortal mind and forget it.

Now at our pinnacle of this work, we must take the events of the world and locate them within ourselves; never outside. And so I mean that wherever you look, whoever you see, is within you. There is no outside. There was no outside to Christ. There is no outside to you for the Spirit of God has no outside. Now the in-Self of you is the everywhere. The Self of you then which is here is also there and everywhere and there is no outside to everywhere. The moment you have something happening outside your Self you are not believing in God. You are not believing in your Self. You are not believing your Self to be Spirit. Spirit has no outside.

Now perhaps you own some property; it is within your mortal mind. Perhaps you own an automobile, or a home or some land, or a business: they are all within your mortal mind. Perhaps you have children or parents: they are within your mortal mind. Perhaps you have a physical body: it is within your mortal mind. Everything in the world is within your mortal mind. And there must be a conscious knowing of this from time to time to time. Daily, there must be periods of knowing, that which I see out there, whatever its name or nature, is within my mortal mind.

The entire world is within my mortal mind. And to consciously take events, incidents, things, people, forms, conditions, objects and to quietly know, that which I see out there is within me. It has no power other than the power I have given it.

When I know it is within me and rest with that knowledge within me, until a realization of that Truth comes that there is no outside, everything is within me, then that which is outside visibly loses its power.

That was the secret of Hezekiah: “They have only the arm of flesh,” meaning they are nothing but my own mortal thought: all form, all person, all event, all condition. And as you dwell with this, contemplating it, swiftly acknowledging it to be not an external something but an inner idea or thought and resting with it for a moment to wash it with silence, you will discover that there is really no world outside. And you are turning, you are opening the way for a new Life, you are learning what Peter learned that day from the Master. “Here is bread and here is fish – come and dine, break your mortal fast, dine on the Truth of Being.”

To live Mystically is to recognize the world has no existence except in human thought. The acknowledgement of this must be followed with the abiding in it; consciously, daily. There must periods of abiding in this Truth before you have the true Inner experience that the world in the outer has always been a concept maintained only by world mind in every individual Being.

That is why there are no powers. That is why there is no disease. That is why there is no death. But this means nothing unless you learn to live with this awareness. And when you do you’ll find that you don’t have employees or employers. You don’t have students or teachers. This is all external and there is no external. Bring it back into the within of your mind, recognize it to be your conscious awareness of an outer which only exists in your conscious awareness and then you have located the trap of mortal mind. And rest in the Word.

God is not flesh and God is All; where is the flesh? God is not a blade of grass and God is All; where is the blade of grass? God is not an ocean; where is the ocean? God is none of this world; where is this world? It simply never was there. Your Self is there. And until you are willing and ready and able to tuck the world within your mortal mind and rest there until you know that’s where it always has been; it could never could get out of there. When you have done this many times it will dawn upon you that Christ Jesus lived in heaven where men saw earth, and that all of the miracles were the revelation that what we thought was outside never was there. Our concept was changed by the Christ and we saw a different outside and called it an improvement. We were still looking at the good instead of the bad. And Joel has taken us to see that neither the good is there nor the bad. And so now living Mystically, you have this way of Life.

First you must know the unreality of all evil: it isn’t out there. If it were then God wouldn’t be there. Step number one; the unreality of evil which must be followed by the unreality of good. When you have neither evil out there nor good out there, you are believing in the omnipresence of God’s Spirit. And then you rest in the Word. And the Truth you know that neither good is out there nor evil is out there, quickly or eventually sets you free. Or if you know the Truth that there is no world of good matter or of evil matter, no good conditions and no bad conditions, no good people and no bad people, you are living in the Inner Spirit which is the Allness. You are accepting that only God is.

Now we’re closing the gap between God and man. We believe in God but do we believe in God’s Self as our Self? Are we willing to close the gap into One? Are we willing finally to take the book and accept what it tells us that God is One and beside God there is no other and therefore to exist at all I must be that One. “You believe in God now believe in me,” says the Christ, “You believe in God now believe in your Self.” And finally the last form that you Impersonalize may be your own. It never was there either. It too is a mortal concept. All that you could ever be is the Mystical body of Christ.

We have tucked the world in where it belongs, in the world mind. We have tucked the world mind into our own little mind knowing that our mind and the world mind are one and the same. And the world now is safely tucked within us. It really has no power when you know that. “Pilate, you do not exist out there, you seem to be, but I know you’re not out there you’re simply an idea in the world mind, you’re an idea in my mind and that’s why thou couldest have no power. If I thought you were a person out there you’d have lots of power.” All disease is seen the same way; it only has power because we think it’s out there. Tuck it into your mind, that’s the only place it is, and you can say, “What did hinder thee?” There was nothing out there to hinder you except the Spirit of God. Tuck your business into your mind, tuck your students into your mind, tuck your employees into your mind; they’re not out there. The only place they exist is within your mind and rest in the knowledge that all that is out there is your Self. And this is the way you release Grace into your life.

Once the world is no longer there, there’s no more duality, there’s no more separation. You don’t believe in separate lives. You don’t believe in people who are growing up and dying some day. You’re not mal-practicing the world, watching it and believing in mortal bodies, you’re accepting the dispensation of the true Life.

Now whoever reaches the level then where they can accept and realize the non-existence of an external world is one who can answer the call that says, “I have chosen thee.” That one is prepared by those who have attained and have become Invisible already, and is lifted up to the point where they enter the realm of Soul and can behold the activity of Christ in the consciousness of the world. They become a witness of Christ and they find that in their new dispensation their sole function is to leaven the consciousness of the world by living and abiding and dwelling in the Truth of Spirit as an omnipresent Reality without opposite. Nothing comes nigh their dwelling. Nothing attacks them. They’re not limited because they have discovered that all that exists is the One Self. They have reached the realization that the One Self that exists is their name. And they see this as a Universal Truth. Wherever you look you are looking at your Self. And wherever you are not aware that you are looking at your Self you are in duality because there is no other Self than your own. In this One undivided Consciousness you find that Christ is truly living Itself as the only Power.

First, the unreality of evil – tuck it within you in your mortal mind and see that that’s the only place it is. Oh, you can give it a hundred reasons why it can’t be there because you know God is there. And now tuck the good and see the unreality of that in your mortal mind and then rest in the knowledge that only Spirit is present – there is no outside world. This practice, as many times a day as you find you can, will deepen you unto the knowledge that you have found the river of Truth. You’ll finally remove the shadow of mortality. And then you will be prepared to fulfill your function on this earth. Our function is manifold: we are here to bear witness of the One Light, we are here to be faithful witness to the Truth that only God exists, we are here to demonstrate the Universal nature of Christ. All of this takes us out of the personal self, the personal ambition, the personal desire, the personal need, the personal want. That was yesterday’s mortal mind consciousness for those who have graduated, who have turned and are living Mystically. They’re moving toward the next world which is the True universe behind this world in which we all live not for personal selfhood but simply to express Divinity.

If a person were deeply ambitious it would now be wise to take a good second look at the complete gospel of John – privately, by yourself. You will notice how every deed is a revelation of the Invisible nature of Christ where the world had seen form in the outer. How every word is a statement by the Invisible Christ which the world interpreted to be the words of Jesus. And you will find that every word spoken by Christ is the Truth of your Being. There is not a single Word spoken by Christ that is not true of you because that Christ speaking those words is You. “I am the life.” Where is the other life? What other life is there if I, Christ am the Life? We lose all belief in separated human lives. We find there is no life on this earth that can die. We find death is the belief in separated lives. There is no life to die, “I am the life.” All human death was a mortal mind concept; a sense illusion – but so is human life. We must see that there is no reality to the evil and no reality to the good. Always present is the Invisible Spirit of your own Being.

Now we share then One Invisible Spiritual Being: this is who we are. What’s bad for you is bad for me. What’s good for you is good for me. Whatever you know is going to have some effect on everyone else. We never seek personal good anymore. There’s nothing to seek. I already am that Self. You’re not concerned about time two thousand years ago. It never existed. The Self that I am now is the Self that always was and always will be. You see this is the Consciousness you need to do the World Work and this is the consciousness that is developed as you do the World Work.

The Christ controls what we have thought of as weather, what we have thought of as conditions, as epidemics, as plagues, as floods and fires and in the knowledge that these are in the external only in the mortal mind and nowhere else, we are now in a position to join those who have walked before us and who Spiritually, Invisibly now are doing World Work. We can actually be One with our own Invisible Self which are termed the Invisible Spirits of the world. Many of the higher dimension Consciousness have come down behind us to help us and fortunately some in this dimension can rise up to a higher. And we are all joining that one household now, to live not in the world of effects.

Now Grace is not going to come by prayer to God in the sky. That outmoded method of life is over for us. And as we develop now accepting my Spirit is omnipresent, my Spirit is omnipresent and omniscient, my Spirit is the only Power; we countenance no opposite. We know that every opposite to my perfect Power, my perfect Presence, my perfect Knowing is a false concept in a human mind. Never getting outside that mind even though it appears out there.

You might see it this way. On a screen of a movie you’re looking at How The West Was Won and a half hour later there’s another movie there, all about The Godfather. But they’re both appearing on the same screen. Where are they actually happening? In that little millimeter film, which contains everything that goes on the screen and no matter how the scene shifts on the screen – you may see fifty different scenes on a screen – it’s all in that little millimeter of the film. So it is that no matter what you see out there in this world, it’s all within the mortal mind. That’s the only place it is. The rest is consciousness objectified.

Always bring it back into the little film; that’s the only place it is. It has no power there when you recognize that’s where it’s located. And as Joel said “If it’s an atom bomb what difference if you get it back into the film.” If you get it back into the world mind, into the individual human mind and see that’s the only place it is. It never is out there; there is no out there. Only God is out there. And now close the gap and see God out there and God where I am are One and the same. All that’s out there is my Spirit. Don’t make God a separate self. There is no second to God. There’s only God Life.

Now you’re qualified as you develop this capacity to do World Work. You’re ready to be a Light. You can be a transparency for the Truth. And it makes no difference what world conditions come into view. One with Spirit is a majority.

And so we have been trained to bless the world by knowing its non-existence, by releasing man from the belief that he is a creature who walks under two powers; under material law, under world karma. We’re saying, “Get thee behind me, Satan” You only exist; the only devil there is, is material sense. And because material sense paints a picture of an objectified world out there, when I lose material sense that world is dissolved. It may continue to appear but it will slowly undergo a transformation as my consciousness rises. Yes, you can escape the disasters of the world individually but now you’re putting that knowledge into practice to lift the world above the disasters.

Now the way we can practice World Work is to consider that the world is our patient. Up to now individually we have been treating one person here and one person there to learn that your real patient is the world. And just as you may have witnessed some success with one here and one there, now we must witness success by accepting the world as not the creation of God and therefore only an inner idea. We can rest. That is all inclusive, we don’t have to pinpoint.

We might take an outer situation which seems to have occurred right out there, right outside right now and see the nothingness of all that appears externally. The presence of God is all we acknowledge. Here, there, is the One Spirit.

Silence, (long pause) …

Now try to know that there is no out there and then be still.

Silence, (long pause) …

Now over the next few months we’re going to set up a program so that instantly we can recognize conditions that appear in the world and come into a realization of their non-reality as external events. Oh, you can think of many kinds of such conditions and wherever you are it will be your function to live in the Truth of your own Being knowing that your Self is where the forest fire seems to be, your Self is where the hurricane seems to be, your Self is where poverty seems to be. There won’t be starving children in India to you; they’ll be your Invisible Self; One Invisible Self where many starving children seem to be. And don’t look for the children to stop starving because you did that.

This is your way of acknowledging One Self. This is your way of acknowledging God supremely. We won’t turn back and say, “Now, is it better?” We won’t get out a yardstick and measure the wound. But you’ll discover as you proceed in this method that Grace begins to envelope your own life in a new way because the bread you cast out through your recognition of One Invisible Self without an eternal world comes back and expresses as the One Self and its Divine qualities in that which appears as the world, in the world, as your Self.

You’ll find many people are healed that you don’t know about, but someone somewhere through your work reaching out for Truth is touched and lifted. And that is why this is a self-less work. You’re not trying to help a specific person ever; you’re trying to live in Truth. It’s a broader vision which Joel brought us, that as we live in Truth, it makes us free.

Let’s take a brief intermission and then let’s explore the chapter very carefully.

– End of Side One —-

Today everyone embarked on a Spiritual way of life should have a concern far greater than the demonstration of his own daily harmony and that concern should be for the survival of the entire world. The question now is, is there a principle of Life, a Spiritual Principle that will govern the world? Is there a Principle which can now be realized and relied upon to prevent the destruction of civilization and the extermination of mankind?

That raises many important questions.

At this particular level of the message, in that particular year, we were using words like, “the extermination of civilization” and “the extermination of mankind.” Even the Christ in the Bible speaks of “the end of the world.” But when you have located the world in your mind it is the end of the world. When you have located civilization in your mind that is the extermination of civilization for you.

We want to see that Joel is speaking not at the Absolute level at this point in this book; that came later. But through the preparation at this level it was possible to then come to the mind of man at the Absolute level with the teaching of Incorporeality which followed the year later. We who have had the advantage of seeing the later book can accept that this would not be the language for you at this particular moment. You should be past the point of believing that civilization can be exterminated or that the world can be obliterated. Just as God has no pleasure in your dying and only the death of mortality in your consciousness is the acceptable death of the God, so only the death of the world in your consciousness is acceptable.

If I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you.”

Now the Comforter is finally revealed to us as the realization of your Christ Self. When you have accepted your Christ Self as the only Self in the universe the Comforter has come unto you. What else made you accept the Christ Self but the Comforter? But “If I go not away,” you cannot reach that realization. And now I is revealed not to be Jesus but the world mind. The world sense of self must go away. You must rise above the world sense of self, just as I is Christ, and then the little I is Jesus, this little I that must go away is the mortal selfhood of the world.

When Jesus appeared saying, “If I go not away,” this is the statement that mortal selfhood universally must be obliterated in consciousness; that is I going away. When you obliterate mortal selfhood as a universal fact in your consciousness, I have gone away. And then the Comforter which is Universal Christhood can come unto you.

There’s no extermination of civilization is there? There’s no civilization to exterminate. But these were words that were necessary in 1963. They’re words that are also necessary in 1973 for most of the world. They’re not necessary for you anymore. You don’t need words anymore that give a sense of reality to this world because you have travelled a higher path than the path of those in the first and the second degree. You’re at the point where, to you, the world never did exist because “I have overcome the world.” But this is not the I that must go away for the Comforter to come unto you: those are the two natures of I.

There is I – the world I, the mortal I – which must go away for the Comforter which is the I Christ which has overcome the world.

Now if you have not overcome the world think for a moment – where are you? Can you truthfully say that “I have overcome the world?” If you cannot, then you’re not in the I are you? Because “I have overcome the world.” And if you cannot say, “I have overcome the world,” then you’re not in the I – then where are you? You’re divided, you’re separated from I. You’re separated from the Christ. You’re not accepting yourself to be the Christ and that is why you cannot say, “I have overcome the world.” But you must come to the place where I in you says, “I have overcome the world” and that is why you must do this World Work to come to the place where the world has no fear for you. Where there’s no life in the world to die.

When you have realized I which has overcome the world, then you will realize that you have no life that could ever die in the world, or be sick in the world, or be limited in the world. You recognize that when Jesus walks through walls or walks on water, this is the revelation of the nature of your Being. That the I of you, the Spirit of you, the Self of you is ever walking through the walls and windows of the world; even now. But how can you know this if you are still believing in the presence of a world? And so the World Work which ostensibly begins to help the world is actually a deeper thing. It’s to make us be lifted into the realization of the I of our Being which has overcome the world.

For us now, we must live in the absolute realization that the world has already been overcome, it has no existence in I, Christ. And because I, Christ is your name, the world can have no existence in you. You are sowing completely to One Infinite Spirit without opposite.

And so for others it’s called World Work and they may think they’re improving the world but at your level you should know the difference. We’re living differently than anyone on this earth, except those Invisible Selves who know the Truth of One Self and those visible ones who from time to time retreat into the silence, sometimes for long periods when they’re never seen anywhere. They too are knowing the One Invisible Self which is the All, the I which has overcome the false concept called world. That’s why we’re not looking at our own daily harmonies.

Joel says, “Is there a principle of life, a spiritual principle, that will govern the world?” And then he says, “There can be no question but that an individual can rise so high above the immediate circumstances on earth as to make himself immune to the disasters of this world.”

And so there are those on earth who today can walk immune. We in some measure find that we’re not subject to many of the things that other people are. Now he says, “[That’s not enough. Is that all that is concerning him? If it is we] may find that the world is a lonesome place to be in. This is the age in which everyone who is seriously on this Path should forget his own problems.” And mind you, he’s saying that to his students, “Forget your problems.” And something in us says, “Well, who’s going to take care of me, doesn’t charity begin at home? Who’s going to take care of me while I’m taking care of the world?” And I want to make that very clear: you’re not taking care of the world. You’re accepting your Infinite Self. And that’s who is taking care of me, You are. You’re taking care of your Infinite Self not your visible body, and all things are added unto you. You see the difference in the focus?

[Not only,]” says Joel, “[should we be ready to] forget our own problems but even be willing to lose our life, if need be, in the search for, and the demonstration of, that principle which will mean life for this globe. All of a sudden we are face to face with this.

Again when he says, “Lose our life,” he’s talking about a life which has no existence isn’t he? That’s why we can lose it. You cannot lose your Divine Life. You can lose your mortal sense of life and that’s what he means.

Somewhere in here it becomes clear that most of us in the world have rejected the Supreme Gift that we have been given. God has given us the Supreme Gift, which is Himself and unless you accept Divinity you reject the Supreme Gift of All and want to protect mortality, which only exists in the mind and so you protect the illusion and reject the Reality.

Perhaps fifty lessons ago this might have been a difficult thing to accept. But we’ve been through sixty six weeks of the Gospel of John and that followed on many other things. We are learning to Impersonalize the world.

There is no such thing as personalized evil,” says Joel. “If you have worked with the principles of The Infinite Way, you have already proved that the impersonalization of evil is three quarters of all that is necessary for healing.” Three quarters. In other words, when there’s no outer world in your consciousness, you’re very close to that inner Peace which is beyond human understanding but which is the dissolution of the illusion.

Now so far we’ve added something to this chapter that you haven’t seen in the chapter: that is that there is no outer world. I do suspect that toward the end we have a quotation here that brings that into focus, but it’s much too important to just come to us at the end of a two hour meeting. It’s something that we’ve got to learn to live with and so I’ve been stressing it for that reason.

Instead of Impersonalizing evil and saying, “There’s no person there,” we’re going that extra step and we’re taking that person there and bringing them inside and saying, “They exist only in my mind.” That is how you Impersonalize them.

You can’t say, “They’re not there,” with words: you’ve got to take them inside and see where they do exist. They exist only in your mind. You Impersonalize them by knowing that they exist only within your mind. And I mean literally: that no matter who you look at they exist only within your mind. That is your Self and you are not seeing your Self; you’re seeing a person. That is God Self and you’re not seeing God; you’re seeing a person. You cannot have a person and God too because God is One and there is no other, there is no God ‘and.’

Every chapter in this book has brought us to the place where we can say, “There is no person there. There is no form there. There is no tree there. There is no valley there. That is all within my mind and it’s within the mind of everyone else who sees it.”

There is no evil on the earth because there’s no person in whom evil can be and that’s the Impersonalization of evil: there’s no person there in whom the evil can be. And so we see there is no evil in a person because there’s no person and therefore there is no evil person there and there is no cause for evil because the only cause is God. You’re taking the whole world and not bothering with the left side and the right side and the high and the low and the in between, the whole world and putting it in your mind were it belongs and seeing that’s the only place it is and automatically you are Impersonalizing and Nothingizing when you do that without having to go through steps.

Joel had a meditation in this chapter which I think we can do now. His meditation says…and we’ll do it with our eyes closed but I’ll have to read it to you because I like his words, the words of the Christ.

Thou alone art power. Thou alone art presence. In Thy presence is [fullness of joy] fullness of life – here, there, everywhere. In Thy presence there is only the Spirit of God, the Spirit of Love, the Spirit of Truth, the Spirit of Life, and besides this there is no other, so I am not going into meditation now to use God or direct God, but to realize God.

Here where I am, God is: there where thou art, God is; and God is Spirit, and [God is] Love, and besides Him there is none other.”

Now as you dwell with the idea that here where you are is God and there where someone else is, is God, you have Impersonalized and you’re down to that which is present here and there which is God: which is I, the Invisible Christ, appearing to human sense as person here and person there where only the Invisible Self is. And as you rest in that you’re in Oneness; you’ve realized the Invisible One. And in the presence of the Invisible One realized, you are free. You are free of every human need. The Law is that Spirit flows where Spirit is recognized. You’re in Divine Will. You are recognizing the Invisible Presence of Divine Will functioning Itself. And it makes no difference what had appeared in the visible; it is known to be unreal, totally imaginary.

The world has moved aside and then Divinity expressing through your transparent Consciousness becomes a new visible world in which the added things are present. The Goodness, the Harmony, the Love of the Invisible makes Itself manifest. You are One with the One. And yet you’ve asked for nothing, you have simply witnessed the inner Truth and that is how you bless the world. That is how your Light is not hid. That is how you accept the supreme gift of God Life as the only Life of you and your neighbor.

How different than all of this running around we do as human beings trying to fill all the gaps. It’s really believing in God.

Mortal sense goes away and we are Christed. We learn to accept Christ identity, obey Christ identity, serve Christ identity, live in Christ identity. We walk in Christ and then every disturbance that arises is met the same way, “Who are you? Who convinceth me of a disturbance? Where is it? It’s in the mind. Be still in the mind. Know the Truth. All that exists in the mind is not of the Father. The only Truth is God presence here and now.” And rest.

Now these are the weapons we have been given to accept Divinity.

We do not have to penetrate the Iron Curtain.” says Joel, “God has already penetrated it. But without our conscious realization of this truth, the presence of God will not function there [now] any more than the presence of God has functioned there in the past. The presence of God functions only where and when there is conscious recognition and realization.

That leaves it squarely up to us. We must furnish that consciousness recognition. We must abide daily in the Invisible Self. We must tuck the world in where it no longer exists as an external fact.

Now if we could accept the following statement all of the world’s troubles, as far as we are concerned, would be over. Page 202. “There is no power…. in armies.” You wonder what kind of an intelligence could make that statement. “There is no power…. in armies.” Could you tell that to Hungary or Czechoslovakia or Poland? “There is no power…. in armies.” And yet here it is, a statement of the Christ. Only the Christ could make the statement because only the Christ is power, and only the realization of the Christ reveals the non-power of the army. He might just as well have said, “No power in disease or sin or famine or poverty or death,” because they’re all the same Truth. The power of them exists only in the mind. That is not the Christ mind. The Christ mind in you realized, reveals the non-power. “Pilate, that hast no power over me. There’s no power in death you can’t entomb me. There’s no power in arthritis, pick up thy bed and walk. What did hinder thee?” What hindered you was the belief that there’s power in the mind. That there’s power in things and conditions and persons and material objects – but there aren’t. There’s only power in the Christ mind. In the absence of the Christ mind all these false powers are rampant.

There is no power in… armies…. I say unto you that this is a law and a principle. It operates in your personal life, if and as you make a daily practice of realizing: Where I am, God is. God in the midst of me is mighty, and all those who are opposed to the purpose of God have but the “arm of flesh,” and nothingness. The Lord God in the midst of me is mighty, and there is no might external to me…. no might external to me – not in the mind of man or [in] the matter of man.”

Which is another way of saying, “There’s no world out there.”

That army which has power out there isn’t out there. What human being can say that? None. There has to be a Christ standing there. And Christ isn’t just going to stand there if you’re not practicing Christhood. Why else would a statement like this, so contrary to all human understanding, appear if it were not possible to attain that Consciousness which could know that there is no power in armies? No power in anything of the material world. No power in matter. No power in mind.

World Work will open you to that realization – and only World Work. When you work on individuals, persons, yourself you don’t open to this because you’re always limiting and finitizing. That’s how valuable World Work is. It opens you to the place where you finally can see when they invaded that country, someone stands in World Work and someone in that country reaching out for God finds help unexpected.

Our function is to be that Consciousness which is available for someone to reach out and touch.

Where I am, God is.” That is the Truth of all of us now. But “Keep this truth as a “pearl of great price,” …. within you, then, abiding in this truth, praying the prayer of realization of God’s grace, God’s omnipotence, God’s omniscience, God’s omnipresence, and understanding the nonpower of what is not ordained of God, you will be fulfilling your function in this world, and you will watch the breaking up of error all over the globe and the gradual restoration of harmony.”

I cannot accept that these words are spoken in vain. I can only accept that these words are spoken and that they will eventuate into exactly what they say. The break up and the restoration of Harmony, meaning the Kingdom of Heaven revealed. Not patching up the world; revealing the Invisible Kingdom of Heaven, the change of consciousness. The change from mortal sense of life to the revelation of a Spiritual universe as a living fact. But only by those who can sit and say, “Where I am appearing God is,” and being willing to live with that conscious awareness as a universal fact. Where my neighbor is appearing God is, wherever anyone is appearing God is, and that God everywhere is my Self, for I and the Father are that One Self. That’s what we’ve been trained for. That’s what we’ve been chosen for; to let our Light shine. For we must have some Light to let shine – Divine Light.

Statements of Truth will not save you. “You must abide in [this] truth, dwell in it, live in it, hour by hour, day by day, night by night.” That means even while sleeping we must know, before we enter the sleep, that Consciousness is God and ever alive. That’s the only way we can comply with the statement, even “night by night.” We must know that Divine Self, Divine Life is never asleep, all that goes to sleep is the sense form and we must consciously know this.

Until it is a very part of your being, and then all of a sudden a spiritual light dawns within you …. ‘Whereas I was blind, now I see.’ Now I know that Spirit is really the substance of all form, the law of all form, the cause of all form. My error had been that I have been believing in a power outside, a power in form, a power in thought, whereas all power is spiritual power.”

Once you get rid of that outside, then the inner and the outer are one and the same. “No power in…. armies.”

Finally he goes a step further. “As you abide in this Word, remember always there is still one more step, that is, that after contemplating the truth about God,” and also about your Self for they’re One and the same, ”Be still, listen:” as if to say, “Speak, Lord; for thy servant heareth. Thou uttereth Thy voice, and the earth melteth.”

In other words always your contemplation of Truth must be followed by the Silence. Quite a number of people have failed to follow their contemplation with Silence. And an equal number have failed to contemplate before entering the Silence. So that they try to go directly to the Silence sometime and they find it’s a very shallow silence. They haven’t plumbed the depths through recognizing Truth consciously first. And if you will recognize Truth consciously, accepting One Self without a world and then dwell in the Silence the so called powers of the world will subside.

You see we’ve been doing World Work without really recognizing it. Whenever you enter Truth you’re doing World Work, you’re leavening the consciousness of the world: but now we’re doing it consciously. There’s no reason to wait any longer. If there’s a mudslide around anywhere in the world and you have allotted one meditation a day for the quiet realization of the non-world and therefore the non-power of the world, take it into consciousness, rest in it. You don’t have to wait for the world to join you. There’s always ten righteous Invisible Selves working. Join the Ten. Make it your practice once a day. And this is Joel speaking, not me, although I’m not reading it. “Make it your practice once a day to meditate on the nothingness of the world. Whenever you are faced with any form of condition in the world that you recognize as being not of God. And then you’re blessing your fellow man, you’re recognizing his Divinity and you’re blessing your Self.”

Joel suggests that we have one meditation daily on World Work: every day. And when you know that this is not just to protect the world or save the world but rather to recognize your Infinite Self, I feel you’re more apt to respond to that suggestion.

I personally would feel that if a day went by that you were not doing this that would be a day in which for some reason or other, you were rejecting your Self. Too busy to find your Self.

Now it comes. “Error is not in the external; power is not in the external; all power is in the “still small voice.” There is no power in sin, there is no power in disease, no power in tyrants, no power in external conditions: power is in the still small voice.”

He has told us there is no outside world. If it were there, it would have plenty of power.

Inasmuch as this is going to be the end of this book, here’s Joel’s final statement to us.

In the midst of threatening world conditions, I say to you: Think in higher terms than your own health, your own supply, or your own happiness. For some part of every day give yourself to the realization and the practice of these principles through which you have witnessed healings of minor or major problems, principles that have helped you or your neighbor, begin now to think in terms of a principle revealing itself on earth as the presence of God, universally.”

That would be of course the Realization of One, Divine Self as the only Self in the universe.

Now you have a month in which nothing new will be coming from this pulpit and so you can either take it upon yourself to review the past, put into practice daily some of the things that have been suggested and if you want to keep very current, to take today’s lesson as your monthly work, every day for thirty days: one period of the day to do World Work as follows:

Face the situation that you have heard is impending or coming or present, somewhere in the world. Face it with the knowledge that there is no world there, that there are no conditions, for there’s no world to contain conditions. There are no evils, there are no fires, no floods, no epidemics: there is no problem out there. It’s a world mirage. It’s not ordained by God. It’s not sustained by God, it has no law of God for its continuity. It wasn’t caused by God.

Take any phrases that you like until you can come to an instant agreement within yourself: “That’s true. What is out there? The Spirit of God. What is here? The Spirit of God. Is there space between? No, it’s all one indivisible Spirit. My Self is all that is out there.”

They’re trying to tell me My Self, my Spiritual Self is not out there – and it is. And I’m not going to have to remove that condition, or improve it, or change it, or correct it. All that is there is my Divine Self, God’s Divine Self, the Divine Self of the Universe is all that is there. And when you can find some inner Peace from this you’ll know that your own consciousness of mortality has melted away. And even though the human mind doesn’t understand a word of it, it makes no difference.

When you find your inner Peace this way, just be still. That is when the Still Small Voice comes upon you, that is when Realization comes upon you, that is when Inner visions come upon you, that is when my Peace comes upon you and what happens in that Inner Realization becomes the Law. And then something gives you the release and says. “It is done,” or the sigh, or the rainbow, or something within that says, “My Presence is now the only Presence here.” And then you rest in that Presence.

And your World Work is being done. You’ve overcome the world by finding the Invisible Presence.

Russia won’t declare peace and release the satellite nations but you are helping Invisible Beings everywhere. You are leavening your own consciousness, you are letting your Light shine. If the whole world could’ve been lifted up into paradise instantly Christ would have done it in the form of Jesus. It’s a slow leavening process but it’s our job and it’s a silent job and it’s the way to Self-realization. Every day that you do this, you are accepting the Infinity of your own Being as the only Reality. And as Joel says, “Until there is a dawning.” Something happens to awaken you to the actual experience Itself. Oneness realized manifests as the Grace of God on earth.

Now as you do this during the month, when we meet again you’ll find that we’re all at different levels than we are at this particular moment. That month of leavening will take us to a new precipice. We are opening ourselves to what may be called The Special Seven. They only function at the level of our own consciousness and as we are sowing to our One Infinite Self we are preparing the way for us to receive higher guidance than hitherto.

So this month I think is a perfect time for this World Work to be upon us. We should know each other better when we return. There is no other assignment for you during this month.

You must learn to recognize that the Invisible Will of the Father is ever working no matter what appearances seem to be there. And when you accept that Invisible Will as working now in the One Self which is here without opposite and there without opposite, it will manifest and you will have the God experience.

This culminates 66 weeks of the Gospel of John and our next series begins on the 2nd Sunday in February, I think it’s February 11th, it’s called the Special Seven, and that culminates the work of Immortality House in San Francisco. In those Seven we will have much that is new and this month will make it possible.

Thanks very much.

I hope to see you in February.

We’re going to take a look today at a passage which began the Bible of Mark and which culminates the Bible of John. So that we see one being descriptive of the faith of man at the beginning of starting on the path and the other being descriptive of the faith of man after he has awakened to the inner Light. Now the first passage is in Mark in the first chapter, the 10th and the 16th verse.

Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers. And Jesus said unto them, Come ye after me, I will make you to become fishers of men.”

At the first awareness of something higher than your own human selfhood, Christ says to you, “Come ye after me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.” You may not be conscious of Christ saying this within your Self but there is some subtle inner Guidance and now you find yourself on a path in which you are leaving your old nets behind you. You are grafted away from your old ways, your old beliefs, finally to a higher level where you’re even grafted away from the very mind itself upon which you depended. And you are made into a fisher of men.

Now that was a prophecy and as that prophecy was made to the disciples, it was also made to each of us. The Christ has spoken this to mankind, “Follow me…. and I will make you fishers of men.”

Now we look at it in Luke because in Luke we have it a little more detailed and then we can have a good comparison to the way it comes in the last chapter of John. In the 5th chapter of Luke it begins as follows:

It came to pass, that, as the people passed [pressed] upon him to hear the word of God, he stood by the lake of Gennesaret, And saw two ships standing by the lake: but the fishermen were gone out of them, and [they] were washing their nets. And he entered into one of the ships, which was Simon’s, and prayed him that he would thrust out a little from the land. And he sat down, and taught the people out of the ship. Now when he had left speaking, he said unto Simon, Launch out into the deep, and let down your nets for a draught. And Simon answering said unto him, Master, we have toiled all the night, and have taken nothing: nevertheless at thy word I will let down the net. And when they had this done, they enclosed a great multitude of fishes: and their net brake.”

Launching out into the deep, we have learned through our progress in the Scripture, was departing beyond the five senses and all the sense mind was the shallows. And there they caught no fish. We in the shallows of the sense mind catch no fish; and at this point fish is a symbol of Divine Truth. Through the sense mind we are not receptive to Divine Truth. And now we go out beyond the sense mind, into the deep. But being novices even though our catch is great our net breaks; we find that the mind of man is unable to receive Spiritual Truth. And this is our introduction to the transformation that must take place in a man. And as this procedure continues we find that;

When they had this done, they enclosed a great multitude of fishes: and their net brake. And they beckoned unto their partners, which were in the other ship, that they should come and help them. And they came, and filled both the ships, so that they began to sink. And when Simon [Peter] saw it, he fell down at Jesus’ knees, saying, Depart from me; for I am a sinful man, O Lord. For he was astonished, and all that were with him, at the draught of the fishes [with] which they had taken: And so was also James, and John, the sons of Zebedee, which were partners with Simon. And Jesus said unto Simon, Fear not; from henceforth thou shalt catch men. And when they had brought their ships to land, they forsook all, and followed him.”

Now these men then were motivated by some inner Impulse now to follow Christ although to their minds they were following a man named Jesus. And this is our faith at the beginning of the path. If you just cast your mind back a little, you find that there was a time when suddenly you knew there was another way and then you went out and for some reason or other, even though the quick results of the new way were magnificent, somehow you couldn’t hold all that you received; your net broke, you needed help, you had to call another ship to you and even then the great weight of a new Truth coming upon was so heavy it seemed that the mind was sinking like a ship.

At the beginning of the path we have what is called the faith that is not anchored in that which it needs. We have a new kind of faith. A faith in a God, a faith in a way, a faith in something but we don’t know how to define it and we don’t have the net to catch the fullness of the Truth.

But now after three years with Jesus Christ something has happened. They have learned much Truth. They seemingly have caught much fish. Even to the point that twice after the crucifixion they have been visited by the Master. Once the Master has appeared to them in a closed room and again later when Thomas was present the Master appeared. You would think now their nets would hold and yet a funny thing happens and only John puts it here of all the Gospels. And so he begins his 21st verse with what appears to be a repetition of these incidents that began in the beginning of his ministry with the disciples. So that you might say they have fallen back. And you might compare this to your own experience as you go forward, as you’re lifted, sometimes even into Spiritual ecstasy. And then there are moments of shattered faith, there are the ups and downs, the upheavals and the uplifting. The earthquakes within, the volcanoes and then the great doubts. And here is a very strange thing full of surprises. Twice visited by the Master, the disciples who had left their nets, who no longer relied on even a profession for their livelihood were going back to fishing. They had returned to their old consciousness. They had gone home as you remember, the old consciousness, they were starting again. And the strange thing is they’d already twice seen the Master.

And so Peter says, “I go a fishing.” So with us you can see that we may rise to sublime heights but somewhere, somehow that faith with which we start is insufficient. Peter had it, if you remember when he tried to walk upon the water and he fell through. And the teaching there was, as the Master said, “O ye of little faith,” that Peter had little faith. And yet the heart was willing and eager. There was zeal, there was desire to follow but the faith could not support him. So with us, we may have a great human faith but it cannot support us and we fall through and we wonder why is my faith insufficient? And this 21st chapter is going to tell us why. And so it is that now for the 3rd time the Master comes upon the disciples.

After these things Jesus shewed himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberius; and on this wise shewed he himself. There were together Simon Peter, and Thomas called Didymus, and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee, and the sons of Zebedee, and two other of his disciples.”

In other words seven disciples were present. These seven were the advanced disciples. They were ready for this third visit. They were ready now to become fishers of men. And they were together, it says. They were joined in one purpose.

And now the symbolism begins. It’s not just an ordinary fishing trip. “I go a fishing,” said Peter. Let us remember that even though it would appear on the outer, that they’re simply going fishing as they did when they were fishermen, there had been two appearances of the Christ after crucifixion. And now you may know that this fishing trip was on the inner plane. A new kind of faith has come upon them. And to teach us about it we have to see it on the outer and the inner. We’ll see it on the outer as a fishing trip. We’ll see it on the inner as a Spiritual experience in which the disciples have come aware of the Invisible. Their new senses have developed. They can now see the invisible Christ and even make out Invisible objects. And they themselves may not even be aware that they are doing this. As you pass from sense vision to Soul vision you are not always aware that you have stepped over the veil. It all looks the same to you except a little brighter, a little clearer, a little more beautiful, maybe a little breathtakingly beautiful at times but you can’t be sure what you’re seeing. Is it with your inner senses or your outer? And that is a state of awe which is described in here.

I go a fishing,” said Peter. And that Peter saith. Peter says, “I go a fishing” is a very important phrase. Now when the seven are listed Peter and Thomas are listed first. Peter the will, the human sense will, Thomas the understanding. And when Peter says, “I go a fishing” that means the will of you is going fishing. Now everything of you then must follow that will. When that will of Peter says, “I go a fishing” the other six must go along and in turn you see that they do. They say, “We’ll go with you.” Everything follows the will of yourself. And if your will is human then everything follows your human will. If your will is Divine everything follows Divine Will. And the distinction is now being brought here that Peter is the spokesman of yourself. The will of you is the spokesman of the rest of you. Peter says, “I go a fishing.” You say, “I take a drive,” you say, “I go to the mountains,” the rest of you must follow. The will of you is decided. And let’s see what happens to this will of Peter.

And “They say unto him, We also go with you. And so they went forth, they entered a ship immediately; and that night they caught nothing.”

Wherever your will goes the rest of you immediately goes and in this case they catch nothing, they’re right back to the 1st chapter of Mark, the 5th chapter of Luke – what have they learned? It would seem they have learned nothing. And there will be times like that in your life and have been, when you think, “Oh my gosh, I’ve studied this for so many years and right now I feel bankrupt. It’s as if I’ve never studied the Word or never had an experience or never knew a Truth, I just feel barren.” So it was with them; they caught nothing.

But when the morning was now come, Jesus stood on the shore: but the disciples knew not that it was Jesus.”

Now the symbolism begins in earnest. This morning that was come could not have come without those three years. Even though at the moment they had caught nothing and seemed barren that was only the outer picture. That maybe your outer picture. But there will come a morning, and this is a strange and beautiful morning because it is really a mystic dawn. A mystic sunrise. This is the morning within. The morning when without their being aware of what is moving them, they are in some way conscious of the Radiance of Christ. They don’t recognize Jesus, you see. He’s standing on the shore and that shore if you can draw back and see this vastness of the shore and the sea and the land, you see the symbolism then that they are on the sea. The sea of world thought. But out here where the sea meets the land which is the shore, on the brink of their consciousness rising just like the early sun may just hit the mountain tops and yet itself may not be visible; so rising within them was an awareness of an Impulse. Really outskirts of their consciousness, on the shore was this Impulse called Jesus or the invisible Christ. They could see maybe a form but not recognize the Essence at the moment. And so we are moved by this invisible Power. All our years are coming into fruition in the mystic dawn within ourselves. The beginning of a real golden harvest, when without being able to define that which is happening, we know it is happening. We can feel the rising Christ, and it matters not what we have caught, what we have understood, what we have comprehended, what we have been able to grasp, we are now being lifted in a strange way. We are the fish and the fish must be caught in the ocean and lifted out of the ocean. And just as the fish are caught and lifted out of the ocean by the fishermen, we are caught by the Christ and lifted out of the sea of world thought.

To be caught up by the Christ is to be saved from mortality.

And this is the experience now which the disciples are going through. They are the fish. They were the fishermen, but now they are the fish and they are being raised up by the Christ. They are being caught. They are being saved. They are being redeemed. Each is becoming aware of the inner Light and though they’re still in the sea, that Light which is within them is seen to them to be on the shore and they are approaching it. So it may seem to you that the Goodness that you have been seeking is out there to be touched and felt, but if it is a Spiritual experience it is happening within you and projecting what you call Goodness into the external but it’s really an inner event made visible. We are approaching the shore but we still cannot discern the nature of the Christ.

Then Jesus saith unto them, Children, have ye any meat? And they answered him, No.”

That which is on the shore which is deep within their consciousness not quite clearly defined yet is saying within, “Have you any meat?” And first addressing them as “Children,” meaning Spiritually immature, meat meaning substance and of course the substance is Spirit. The question then comes to you, “Have you accepted Spiritual identity? Have you any meat? Or are you still a child?” And it’s a great moment when you can say, “No, I have no meat.” When you can confess that you have been Spiritually poor, you open the gateway to the Christ. Only when we are aware of our Spiritual poverty are we replenished. If we think we are rich, if we think we are worldly wealthy, if we are not aware that without Spirit we are nothing then we are that which the Old Testament calls vanity, “All is vanity.” We are intellectually alive and yet dead.

The disciples know, and that’s a great stride, that they are Spiritually barren, “No, we have no meat. We have no food of the Soul. We have no Divine substance. That’s why we’re out here with no catch. That’s why our lives have been fruitless. That’s why there have been discords and upheavals. That’s why we lack. That’s why we’re limited. We have no Spiritual substance. No Spiritual vision. No Spiritual awareness.”

They were men in physical bodies of flesh. They were living in this world. On the sea of human thought but they were headed to the land. We are headed to a land, another realm which coexists right where the sea is, adjacent to it. And we have to cross out of the sea into the land.

Out of world thought, out of the sense mind, which says, “You caught nothing. Your life has been meaningless.” or “Your life has been a fragment.” or “Your life has not been fulfilled. You have not fulfilled your purpose on this earth.” This is the sense mind talking, and the answer comes, “Because I have no meat, because I am Spiritually barren, because I am poor in Spirit.” And always the Christ within is forcing you to reach these inner conclusions if you are being moved by the Christ.

Now this should be the path then, the confession of duality. “Oh yes I’ve had some Spiritual moments but I’ve also been of this world. I’ve also been motivated by improving my human welfare. I’ve thought about how I could get along better as a human being.” That’s not meat, that’s division. That’s why the disciples were out there with no fish. They had not gone all the way.

He said unto them, Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and ye shall find.”

In the original, at the beginning of their journey into Spirit, he had told them to “Launch out into the deep.” Now he tells them to “Cast the net at the right side of the ship.”

Now the ship is the mind. We sail along in our mind and we sail in the sea of this world. There’s another sea there that we don’t see. There are two seas – the sea of the world and the sea of Spirit. And in our mind we travel in the sea of the world. When he’s told to cast his net on the “Right side of the ship,” Peter is being told that the “Right side of the ship,” is not his mind but his Soul. When you dwell in your Soul instead of your mind you are casting the net on the “Right side.” And that “Right side” enables you to move in the sea of Spirit instead of the sea of world mind. That’s the only way you make it to the shore. In other words, unless we step out of the five sense mind consciously, transcending it, disbelieving all evidence of the senses – you’re not going to take a pair of scissors and cut off your sense of touch, or put something over your eyes so that you don’t see – you’re going to look through those eyes and hear through those ears but you’re not going to accept what those senses bring to you, for one good reason: God is All and the senses have no capacity to see God. The senses have never heard God or seen God or touched God.

And if the senses cannot find God for us what do they find but the lie? To find God then we cannot rely on senses, we must step out and above the senses. And that means we stand in the senses rejecting the evidence of the senses until that inner stirring opens us to the Christ Radiance which leads us to the shore of the new senses. The senses that can, not only see the form, but see the Essence. The senses that begin to look and find objects that exist.

Now when the Soul senses take over two things will happen; mostly they will replace the senses of the mind. so that you’ll be seeing what eyes do not see. There is also a time and only for instruction when you have what is called double vision – you can see both the one that appears to the naked human eye and you can see the inner that appears only to the Soul eye. It doesn’t happen very often. Now when it happens, having heard about it or having had this double vision perhaps, you may find that you now understand it and I’d like to explain to you what it means.

To a geologist we’re in a world now where the rocks have formed through the ages. And if you’ve gone into the caves, some places out in the West here where you can see various strata of rock that have over the years become hardened and atrophied. You would agree with the geologist that this has taken place over thousands and thousands of years. That’s untrue; that’s true only to the human sense mind. Actually this instant everything that is in this world is being manufactured. Every rock that allegedly was there even millions of years ago is being manufactured this instant by the world mind. And if you ever have a glimpse of that you will understand that this is a Now world in a counterfeit sense. There isn’t a single thing in it that happened yesterday. The complete counterfeit is happening at this present moment. And also at this present moment that which it is counterfeiting is present. Both the original genuine in Spirit and the counterfeit of the world mind are both this instant. And you live in one or the other,. And there is a moment in your double vision when you see both, and you can see how it’s possible to stand in the midst of all of the ravages of the world untouched, because they’re only happening in the one sense mind and they’re not happening in the Soul sense. Whatever you happen to be experiencing is the one you’re in and for you the highest is the majority with God.

Now I’d like to explain that more fully but the best thing for it is to wait until the experience touches you and you’ll see that there are times when you’re actually looking out through a Soul sense and don’t know you are. That’s how subtly and effortlessly you move from one to the other even though you may not be aware of it. And then ultimately of course you become more aware of it.

Now the disciples are not aware of it. They are looking out through Soul senses. That’s why they’re beginning to discern the presence of a man called Jesus. He’s not in a physical body you know. He’s already demonstrated there is no physical body and yet they’re seeing Him for the third time. They’re looking through their Soul senses and now they’re seeing things they never saw before. In one moment no fish. Why do fish suddenly appear? Because they’re stepping out of the physical universe into the Spiritual universe through their Soul senses. They’re being lifted by the inner Christ.

It’s like the loaves and fishes for the multitude. One moment just a few fish, a few loaves; in another moment five thousand people are lifted into a vision of something they couldn’t see a moment ago which was always there even though they couldn’t see it. In a moment they all were in their Soul senses but didn’t have the vaguest idea that they were, and they saw supply interpreted to them as loaves and fishes. So it is, you’ll find the miracles that occur in your life are not because God suddenly decided you were a good person, but because through some instinctive awareness of the inner Christ you were open to your Soul senses and that which was ever present is now presented to you, through your Soul senses in a way you can comprehend and utilize.

Now there is a transition or a transformation in the nature of faith that is taking place in Peter and the disciples. Your repeated experiences change the nature of your faith. At the beginning it was blind faith and that’s why the net broke. It was faith that could only see and be amazed and say, “Isn’t that marvellous,” and yet go out and do likewise? No, it couldn’t do that because the mind couldn’t hold the meaning behind what had happened.

Now we’re going to learn how to hold the meaning of what is happening. Your faith is going to be joined together with some other quality, to make it a Faith that will no longer be called by the Master, “A little faith.” And this Faith will be such that the nets will not break regardless of the load. This is the Faith that is being built in us now.

Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and ye shall find. And they cast therefore, and now they were not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes.”

They were not looking through the mind anymore they were looking through the Soul and the Soul experiences that which is necessary at every moment. The Soul is ever in complete rapport with the infinite Spiritual universe. If you need fish there are fish. If you need clothing there is clothing. Grace flows through the Soul. Suddenly there are fish. Now these fish are not to be interpreted only as physical, tangible fish. Fish also means new Truth. The inner Truth, the Fish, represent the new levels of wisdom that are welling up within. Great Fish, great Truths. Truths that the human mind would never even know about. You know how people ask questions in this work, question after question and yet not one of the questions of the human mind even begins to anticipate the new Truths that come up when the Soul is open. There are no questions from the human mind about these Truths because the human mind knows nothing about them. Now the Truth that passes all mental understanding is brought into play.

Now what’s happening here? There’s more than just Peter there, there’s more than disciples there: there is Christ. Christ on the shore is the Invisible activity in the consciousness of the disciples. Christ on the shore of your consciousness changes you. Your vision changes, your hearing changes, your understanding changes. You are lifted into the awareness of a realm not known to mankind. You are lifted behind the veil, behind the veil of all religions on the earth, behind the veil of science, behind the veil of the human mind, behind the veil of the atom, behind the veil of Darwin’s theory, behind the veil of human evolution, behind the veil of human death, behind the veil of everything that the human mind knows, as Christ rising in you, awakens you to a new Self of your own Being.

We begin to vaguely know that we are finding another level of our Self, a higher level where Heaven is a realm within our own Consciousness and that transformation from the self who lives in the human senses and in the human body is taking place. Even though in a small measure sometimes, this awareness is destined to grow. It depends on your capacity to listen to the inner Christ and then to obey the Divine Impulse that comes to you.

I’d like to underline two words: Divine Impulse.

Sometimes you find it difficult to realize that God is everywhere or that the Allness of God is everywhere. Perhaps it’s too big, too much of a project to know that I here am the Spirit of God and my Spirit is everywhere and nothing else is there. This should become normal consciousness, but you certainly can remember and even test out that the Divine Impulse is everywhere. So that if you’re confronted with a situation that would seem to be frightening or despairing or in some way causing you grave concern, this would call for an immediate readjustment to the fact that wherever this situation is emanating from, there is the Divine Impulse invisible. Right there my net is catching no fish. I’m just catching world mind as a problem and yet right there is the Divine Impulse and if I can rest in the conscious awareness that the Divine Impulse is there, and accept that it is there without any great affirmations about “God is everywhere” and “God is wonderful” and “God is perfect” and “God is all power,” without any words in me the acceptance that the Divine Impulse is there lights the spark of that Divine Impulse in me here.

And there’s an inner Radiance begins. You can almost feel the beginning of the rainbow. The omnipresent Divine Impulse never fails. You’re casting your net on the “Right side of the ship.” That’s how you begin to enter the Soul realm: to accept the omnipresent Divine Impulse. Knowing it’s invisible to human senses but it is present awaiting acceptance; recognition, and the recognition cannot be with your eyes or your ears; it must be with a quality in you. And you find that quality in you which recognizes the Divine Impulse becomes your Soul. As you accept it this is your recognition and then your Soul is kindled. Christ rises and sometimes quickly, startlingly quick, you find a healing takes place because the Divine Impulse you’ve accepted was right where someone else was accepting a problem. That Divine Impulse out there is really a Divine Impulse within you.

It’s always present. You simply do not see it or notice it or acknowledge it and so you cast your net, your mind on the wrong side of the ship. But the moment you are aware that even though you’re not in conjunction with the Divine Impulse, it is there; then you re-adjust and you accept that which you cannot see. The fish you cannot see you accept and you cast your mind into the acknowledgement that the Divine Impulse must be here because God is. Everywhere is God, everywhere is the Divine Impulse and that Impulse listened to, accepted, acknowledged, begins to beat its own drum and you are listening to the unlistenable and you find that it’s there all the time. You have now another level of faith, Faith in the unseen, not just faith in what you could see with your eyes like Peter but Faith in what you cannot see with your eyes.

Everywhere the Divine Impulse: you’re walking through it, and then as you listen – which means you step out of the mind that does not see the Divine Impulse – you give your Being over to this Divine Impulse you cannot see. You’re coming into the early dawn of Love. Love is when you give your Being to God, sight unseen. And this Love united with Faith becomes the new dispensation. This is the missing ingredient, faith without Love is empty. Faith with Love walks on the water. When Faith and Love are united in you, you have the key to all scripture, the key to the meaning of Christ. When we love God enough to accept Gods presence, where our senses do not know Gods presence, we’re going beyond human faith. We are opening Love.

The disciples are learning that now. Their human senses tell them that they have caught no fish. The inner Christ is saying, “Get out of that mind…. Cast your net on the right side of the ship.” Don’t believe what your sense mind is reporting – ever. No matter what your sense mind says it’s the wrong side of the ship. You must go beyond it to the “Right side,” you must launch into the deep beyond the sense mind. You do this on the knowledge that God is present as the living Divine Impulse and the moment that Impulse touches you and you touch it, it fans out and becomes the complete spectrum of everything God is; the Power, the Presence, the Love, the Truth, the Beauty. That Impulse is an Infinite One. And all you do is rest in it. You don’t have to catch the fish. It catches all the fish for you because the fish were already there and caught. The fullness of your Being is already present but you must get beyond the sense mind. Then your net is filled with all that God is. Something in you tells you when it’s time to go beyond the senses and that something is now happening in Peter.

Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith unto Peter, It is the Lord.”

The human understanding didn’t know this was the Christ telling them to cast their net on the “Right side.” Peter didn’t know this was the Christ; John did. The awareness of the Christ comes not from the human mind it comes from Love. Love spontaneously responds to the Christ and alerts the human mind. And if you try to skip that step and try with the human mind to climb the gates of Heaven it doesn’t work. Peter knows nothing about what is happening but John does. In other words, Love in you is aware of the Christ and your mind must be aware of this Love. That’s the connecting link, the bridge between the understanding, the human will and the Christ.

If you got a Love centre that is low then the mind continues in its material intellectual ways. But you cannot manufacture this Love. You find then that the reason Love is mentioned here, as John alerting Peter, is that when you find that the Love is in you, this is a sign that you are in that progression of consciousness which is Illumination. When the Love in you awakens the mind, you are in the illuminated state. Illumination and Love are one and the same. You will recognize that state then of Illumination by the Love you feel. The Love not only of yourself but of all that exists throughout the universe.

You will look at all created things and say, “Well this is much different than it appears to be.” It would appear to be that there are no fish here, no fish there but just as there are fish everywhere so there is perfect Essence everywhere. And when this overwhelming awareness of the invisible Essence everywhere is yours then the human understanding which was faith without knowledge is now reinforced by Faith confirmed by Love. This is the Faith that never wavers. This is the Faith that takes you into Heaven on earth.

This Love now alerts Peter, “This is the Lord.” Up to this point Peter could only believe what he saw with his own senses. He saw more fish and he was excited. Now he sees Jesus. He sees Jesus because something in him has awakened him to the fact that there is someone there called the Christ. He’s very excited. It is said though that “He was naked” and now he girds himself with the garment he had discarded. We have to see that very carefully.

When Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, he girt his fisher’s coat unto him, (for he was naked,) and did cast himself into the sea.”

Now we are naked just as Peter was, and that nakedness is human faith. When you’re naked you’re without Spiritual Faith, you have all the human faith and then the water does not support you. Now Peter is adding Love to the faith that couldn’t support him and something beautiful happens. And that Love means that Peter is getting out of Peter. You see he’s not loving Peter anymore. The arrogant, over zealous, over bearing qualities within him have been refined. John is alerting us to the fact that Peter becoming aware of his Christ Self is now able to generate that Faith which he didn’t have at the early part of his ministry.

There’s a deeper meaning though. Simon Peter was naked and now “He girt his fisher’s coat unto him.” The true meaning of naked is more than just lacking in Faith, it’s part of the meaning but when you’re in a mortal body you are naked. All who walk in material bodies are naked biblically. His fisher’s coat means that he suddenly became aware through Christ of his other body, his Soul body. And you see now he can cast himself into the sea.

You remember last week that Mary Magdalene paused before she entered the tomb and that pause was to teach us this great pause never to enter a room until we are consciously aware that not a physical body is going to enter; we’re not in such a physical body.

And here it comes in another way; Peter girding himself with his fisher’s coat. Your fisher’s coat is your body of the Soul. Now if you’re conscious of yourself as a physical body you’re in the state called naked. If you’re conscious of yourself in a Spiritual body you are wearing your fisher’s coat. One drowns in the sea, one can walk in the sea.

Now this has to be a conscious activity; you cannot decide that it will take care of itself, because it doesn’t. Through Love your faith must rise beyond what your senses know to the acceptance consciously that you are in a Soul body that is Invisible and can never be destroyed. And you must consciously live in the awareness of it, so that you’re never caught in the belief that you inhabit a physical form. Now that can only be taken on a different level of Faith than the blind faith of a human mind. It must be taken through the experience which confirms that Faith. You can’t have the experience unless you are making the effort to understand it, to witness it, first in the words of the Bible and then as a living experience in your Self. It isn’t enough to read that Peter is doing that. It wasn’t enough for Peter to read it somewhere; it had to become experience, living experience over a period of time.

And so we should be bending ourselves toward the experience of the Invisible body by casting our net on the “Right side of the ship,” taking our mind out of its creation called this physical form, rising above that mind into Soul which is conscious of the Soul body. And in the interim while there is a gap in the passage from mind to Soul, being willing to accept that the dispensation of the Christ was to lift you into the Christ body which was ever present where the world saw Jesus just as it is ever present where the world sees you. This changeover in consciousness from the belief that I am mortal man to the knowledge that I am Immortal Self is casting your net on the other side.

If you are not ready to make that decision then you must go back and study a little harder. Read the Sermon on the Mount several more times. Practice what it says. Read more of the books. Hear more of the tapes. There are many things you must do until you can consciously say, “I’ve reached the place where I’m willing to consider that I am not in a physical form, that I am not in a physical world but I am Spiritual Being in a Spiritual Body right here and right now. And then hold the Consciousness frequently on that level until that inner Christ which is on the shore of your consciousness develops into a more living experience and the Essence becomes part of what you know to be present. Then you’ll find your ship comes out of the sea onto the shore. You’ll find the Inner quality of John in you alerts you that Christ is leading you into the invisible Kingdom on earth.

This new Faith is to replace the faith of the seven disciples in you. You have the faith of the will in Peter, the faith of reason in Thomas but you have the twins in there, the Zebedee twins and they are the symbol of Faith and Love united as One. This is to take place in us. There was a faith of Nathaniel in Wisdom. There was the faith of the other two disciples in external life. And now your faith is changing. All types of faith in you are becoming the Faith that God is present as individual Christ Selfhood. There are no seven disciples. The knowledge of Oneness is coming into focus. Christ on the shore of your Consciousness is leading you into the realization of the One Divine Self everywhere.

Silence, (pause) …

The other disciples came in a little ship; (for they were not far from the land, but as it were two hundred cubits,) dragging the net with fishes.”

It was Peter, the will, jumps into the sea and then the other disciples follow in a little ship. The will is always the leader. You can see that if your will is God centered everything will follow in a little ship, if your will is not God centered that little ship will follow humanly. Always Peter represents the fullness of your Being, the little ship with other disciples represents all other qualities in you following the will of your Being.

When Peter is not just human will, but is human will lifted by Love, then the ship comes to the shore because the shore is always close by; only two hundred cubits away. In other words the veil of the senses is all that separates us from the shore, from Reality. And now this new quality in Peter the illumination of Love should be functioning within us. A Love that is selfless. A Love that is not seeking personal welfare. A Love that has learned that all seeking on the material level that is not preceded by an awareness of the inner Christ, is a detour. An act that will never yield fish. What at first seemed to be turning away from the things we wanted is revealed to us as the only way to live. To turn away from the world, to harken to the Inner Christ, to let the Inner Christ guide our consciousness. Listening not with the sense mind but another quality called Soul, deeper within, higher within. And then we come to the land.

Now the land here means out of the sense mind, out of world thought, out of all material beliefs which was shown to be transitory. The land is the Kingdom of Heaven on earth. The land is Reality. When Love and Faith are combined we are lifted by the Christ from the sea to the land. And there stands a fire with coals.

– End of Side One —-

Now then the surprise comes at this point when you would expect that he would say, “Now come and have these, have this Heavenly feast.”

But when they land on the shore, “Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught.”

And this is the crux of the message at this point. Before you can sup of the Heavenly bread and fish on the fires of Divine Love you must bring something of your Self. Now this is the wedding of instruction in the letter with inspiration in the living Divine Word. So Peter and the disciples are asked to bring the fish that they have caught. “What Truth do you know? What are your beliefs? What is your understanding? Bring that; yes. But don’t stop there. We’ve all had instruction in Truth and now with that instruction must be wedded inspiration; without it you’ll always be off shore.

Inspiration now is when having through Love of God supremely, being willing to yield your complete effort, not to better your humanhood but to seek only the Kingdom of God within yourself. In trust that the Kingdom of God within you will yield its fruit and that it being All-Power will completely cover every so-called human need.

As you’re willing to do that – launching out into the deep beyond the senses of human faith – then Love and Faith lead you to the shore and there you find the Christ has drawn you to the Heavenly feast which is the new Self. The fish on the coals of the fire is Divine Love revealing your new Self and the bread is the substance of that Self and there are many meanings in the fish and the bread because you see he doesn’t have fishes and loaves he has one fish, one cake. One is sufficient to mankind. One Self. And like a fish that One Self increases into many appearing. That bread is the new bread, the new substance you live by. You live by Grace. In the new Self you are the fish who has been plucked out of the sea of world thought and you are now the incorporeal Self. And you live by the bread which is cooked on the fire of Divine Love by the Master within you. And that substance increases and increases and increases your living experience, and now as you draw the Truth you know to this fire, living inner inspiration opens you to Truth you couldn’t know any other way. It isn’t enough to continue as a memory student or as an intellect. You must have living revelation and you can only get it from Divine Love – Christ, in you. This is a total inner turning to Christ in you. With total confidence, total trust that there is a Self of you. This is the land where the Self of you is where you live. This is the transformed Self. The transformed Consciousness.

They’re not seeing physical bread anymore or physical fish; they’re seeing the One Divine Self within themselves as themselves. They are the fish and they are the bread. “I in the midst of you am the Fish. I in the midst of you am the Bread, and I am the sacred Fire of your own Divinity.” This invisible journey through the sea to the shore to the land is the transformed Consciousness accepting Divinity as Self. Divinity which multiplies as fishes do. One Self fulfils all needs.

The acceptance of that One Self now is the level of Consciousness which Peter is being led to and the other six disciples with him. They are being awakened to who they are. They are going through a temporary experience of the real Self. But it is being presented to you and to me because it is our Way-shower. All that is happening out there visibly in the written word is a living experience within you when you are willing to cast out beyond the five sense world.

That means if you continue believing certain things about yourself that are not so, you’re not launching out into the deep, you’re not ready for the Peter experience, for that renewal of Faith with Love, so that Faith and Love are united in one. And this is a necessary experience. “Sell all thou hast… Cast thy net on the right side of the ship,” and now bring the fish you have caught to the Christ. Lay everything you think you know at the feet of the Christ and say, “Now you show me. I know nothing. All the fish I have caught are of no account. I come to you completely open.”

This is the Divinity acceptance within yourself. You cannot accept Divinity and still have human concepts. You cannot trust Divinity and still have human concepts. And even at this late date, at this point in the transitional consciousness of Peter he has not reached the pinnacle. It’s only a glimpse that mankind will have of itself before it further solidifies by learning the true nature of Love, and so the Master must now say to Peter, “Do you love me?” And again “Peter, do you love me?” And again, “Peter, do you Love me?” And there’s a meaning there – just as Peter three times had denied the Christ so now three times does the Christ lift Peter above those previous denials.

Now one thing you won’t notice in our text is that the three questions of “Do you love me?” are not identical. They seem to be but they are not in the original. And only by knowing this can you find a fuller meaning in these questions. Now in the Greek, “Do you love me?” the first time is said by a word that means, do you love me not as a mechanical robot, or as a human emotion but “Do you love me, the Christ?” Not Jesus. In other words the question is, do you love Jesus the man or do you love Christ the Spirit of God? And Peter always says, “Oh yes, I love you,” but Peter isn’t aware of the meaning and so again the Christ says, “Do you love me,” meaning do you love Jesus the man or do you love Christ the Spirit of God? And again Peter asserts his love, and the third time the Christ now says the word which is not “Do you love the Christ,” but do you love as a mechanical man another human being. And Peter doesn’t even know the difference and the change that is taking place. He still says, “Of course I love you.”

And the Christ is revealing that all Peter really loves at this moment is not the Christ; he was lifted to it but he can’t grasp it still. He still has a sense of loving Peter. But we are being taught beyond that. “Do you love me?” means do you love Christ within yourself more than you love your human self. “Peter, do you love Christ within you more than you love Peter the man?” And Peter not understanding says, “But I do love you.” The question is phrased to you then and to me and to every individual in this world, “Do you love Christ in you more than you love your human selfhood?” On that you make or break your demonstration and the fulfilment of your very purpose in this world. If we still love our human selfhood more than we love Christ within ourselves, it’s quite clear that we’re in a state of duality.

And still the message is incomplete for now Peter must turn and say, “What about him over there?” pointing to John. Even having been blessed by the new experience of finding Self, which he couldn’t hold onto, having found some degree of Christhood, Peter turns and says to the man called Jesus, “What about him over there? What about John? What’s he going to do? If I am to follow you what about him, what’s he going to do?” And this is a teaching to us.

The Master says, “What is it to thee if I wish him to tarry until I come?” Just as the Master on the cross could point to John and say to his mother, “There is your son,” and point to John and say, “There is your mother.” He reminds us now that Love must remain a living factor in your heart. Peter, the will, must now follow the Master but Love must tarry on the earth. And then translated again you see that Peter the mind must go, Love must remain: the Soul is all that can redeem you. Peter is ready to now go deeper and deeper but the Soul remains on earth as the way through which the Word will enter every human heart. John must tarry on earth meaning Love within you will open your Soul. Mind won’t do it.

You can’t get to Heaven through Peter you must get to Heaven through John.

The mind stays in the sea the Soul comes up and lands on the shore. The great teaching of the Bible finally culminates with the knowledge that only through your willingness to resist the world mind expressing as a sense mind in you, living beyond it in your Soul, accepting yourself as Invisible Being, the invisible living Christ – the Spirit not in a body – will your Soul be open to receive the inner confirmation of that which you accept through Faith and through Love. This union of Love and Faith will not waver and will enable you to walk upon the water of Truth. The fire of Love which contains the bread and the fish has been prepared for all of us. It is in the land of Reality behind the veil of the senses now. We are being asked to partake of that Heavenly feast.

If you hear my voice and you open the door when I knock, I will come and sup with thee.” And this is what I bring; the bread and the fish.

The new Self, the new Body, the new Life which is Christ eternal and your receptivity to all this is made possible only through the awareness that within you is John; the Soul. The Soul receives the Christ. You cannot do it through instruction. You do it through inspiration. Instruction leads you to inspiration. Inspiration takes you across the sea of world thought. Inspiration brings you Truth that can be received in no other way. The whole Gospel now takes you to the point where you must know who you are and live in that knowledge.

If we had tried to do world work before we came to a knowledge of identity, before we came to a place where we were able to receive living inspirational revelation from the very Christ of our own Being, we would be going through some kind of form without substance. You may have noticed in the last three or four weeks that we have been doing a little world work. Enough to maybe give you some evidence of the fact that when you know yourself to be who you truly are then you are given only Truth that works. Not Truth that is opinion. And then you are in world work. What is the answer that the Master says every time Peter professes his deep love?

If you love me feed my lambs. If you love me feed my sheep. Do you love Christ? But Christ is You. Do you accept Christ as loving Christ? But if you accept Christ feed my sheep, feed my lambs.”

And so we must know what we’re to do. We must give the evidence that we accept Christ identity by feeding the lambs. Who are they? There are two meanings. The lambs are just….well first of all lambs are innocent, they’re distinguished from the sheep who are a little more mature and they’re more advanced you might say. Innocent, in a sense that they do not yet know but they are on the way with blind faith. And so those who are coming through blind faith are the innocent lambs and in our world work we must feed them, we must help them. And then there are those who are more advanced; their faith is not blind they are now sheep. They’re not innocent lambs their faith has been confirmed and they’re more advanced along the path and we must help them. But that isn’t all that was told in “Feed my lambs, and feed my sheep.”

The real lambs and the real sheep are the Divine thoughts in your Self. Those thoughts within you which are just budding – still undiscerned but there are the lambs – those which have taken firmer root in you are the sheep and by feeding them means you must let them grow. You must accept them, you must listen to them and be obedient for they are the methods through which the Divine feeds us. The Divine does the feeding. Our accepting of the Divine thought within us is feeding the lambs and the sheep. And if you’re not listening to living revelation within your Self you’re not feeding the lambs and the sheep. You’re doing it by rote. You’re only bringing your fish but you’re not finding the coals with the living Fire of the living bread and the living fish of Spirit.

Eat of my flesh and drink of my blood” again is the same as the fish and the bread. Another symbolism for the same thing.

Now then, if you have caught more than words in a book, if the spark is ignited in you, if that fire is a Fire within you, a Fire of living coal; the bread and fish are now within you on that Fire and you are receiving Invisible lambs, Invisible sheep, Invisible guidance, Invisible impulses. You are receiving the constant Divine Impulse and you are turned within to It, listening to It and obeying It. Then you’re tending those sheep. Then you’re about your Father’s business. And then you can find the capacity to do effective world work, not just an outer charade.

Now your next chapter is world work. We have to, in that chapter which is the last of “Realization of Oneness,” tie it all up together. Today is a New Year, the first meeting of a New Year. It’s a new Consciousness. It’s the new Consciousness that has come onto the shore. And in this new Consciousness we find that within us is the Divine fire which we must listen to and it will show us its way. But we must be there listening out of self in the human sense. If you’re listening it’s because your Faith is deeper than human faith. And if you’re not listening it’s because you’re still in that blind human faith which cannot hold still; it has no Love. Now if you’re listening you’ll find that there’s nothing goes on in this world that can persuade you that you are not now in the living Kingdom of God. And that you yourself are the living Kingdom of God. And that the perfection of this Kingdom is all around you, invisible as the Invisible fishes but ever present. That which we cannot see is here. That which we cannot touch is here. That which is called God is here. That which is the Power of God is here. That which is the Wisdom of God is here. All of it is here and all of it is available in Christ Self.

Now then, whatever is happening in the world is a sense activity whether it’s good or bad. Whatever’s happening in you is Divine activity and it is always Good. It can only be released to replace the outer world experience if you are living in that center of Soul called John – listening. Peter had to follow commands. Not John. John lay on the bosom, on the breast of the Master meaning they were connected; they were One. And so he instinctively and automatically followed the Christ; there was no thought taking. And then Peter would follow after John would automatically follow the Christ. We must be in the John Consciousness that automatically follows the Master instead of the Peter which has to wait for a visible command. We must live in that Self which automatically is lying on the breast of the Master.

Now when you do world work whether you’re living in Self or not, we show up in what the results are. That’s why this message is so important. It doesn’t leave you hanging. If there are no results you are not in the Consciousness. It has a way of showing you where you are. And so that’s why we want results because they show us that we’re in Christ or not. This is a message with Power.

Now let’s meditate then on the Bible meaning because we should all be now at a point where we’re even higher than the Bible. It is the in-struction but its instruction should lift you to a place beyond itself, to the point of inspiration. Within you is the sacred Fire of Christ. You have passed the dawn, you’re into the sunrise which actually becomes a visible event within you rising out of material sunset, out of materialism, out of the belief in all that is unlike God. In our Consciousness only God exists. This is the rising Christ. This is the mystical Easter. This is the Resurrection of Christ in you. All that is not God does not exist. We’re true to that sacred Fire of identity and unless you can stand there when all around you attests to something other than God, you’re still in naked human faith. Get out of the form, get out of the belief in form, get out of the worldliness, out of the material sense of life. Seek ye first, last and always, nothing at all in the world, for your Father is not in the world. And have the confidence to rest in your Father, the invisible Christ, as your own identity. Trusting It. Being willing to let anything happen that might while you maintain your trust. This is loving God supremely. Lo and behold, all these great catastrophes that seem to be striking lose their sting. “Death is swallowed up in victory.” Either the message is true or it’s untrue and we owe it to ourselves to come to the place where we can say, “I follow it,” or “I do not.”

I’ve seen so many catastrophes that turned out to be false alarms when someone catches the rising Christ within themselves.

Finally when the word “Amen” is spoken it means “I accept that Eternal Life is my name.” In my Eternal Life is Christ here and Christ there. The moment you touch the sacred Fire of Christ within your Self, you have found the multiplication of every loaf and every fish in this world. The fish increase; they multiply. Grace becomes the law instead of material law.

Do you love me?” or “Do you love you?” That is the question Christ is always asking within you. Three times the question is asked and this is the indication that the message is finished. The book is closed. Those who can see beneath the surface of the words are ready to walk out in the deep. Ready to bless their fellow man.

So we’re going to do our world work next week together and that will be the last class of this series. That’ll give you a whole month to move back and forth over what you have come into in Consciousness, refining that Consciousness unto a workable state so that when we hit the Special Seven in the second Sunday of February we should be able to work on the level of the Inner senses instead of the outer. We should be able to experience the walking on water. We should be able to understand how the Invisible universe works around us.

Next time we’ll prescribe some things that should be done during the intervening month. Your work now is to “Cast your net on the right side of the ship.” Stop trying to figure it out with that mind. Rest in Faith. Reject the sense testimony until the sacred Fire bursts and the living Radiance of Christ is your living experience with its living wisdom. Believe it, it happened; only two hundred cubic feet away.

They caught a hundred and fifty three fishes when they did this – add them up – one, five, three – nine. In other words they had progressed beyond mortality which is six six six. We had to come beyond six six six, the symbol of mortality to nine which is the symbol of the transformed man. And because John is remaining on the earth as the Soul, as the symbol of Love, there must be a reason for John remaining to tarry until the Master comes. What is the reason? There must be a remnant on the earth who can receive through that Self.

John’s tarrying on the earth is a statement that there are still seven thousand who have not bowed to Baal. Those who consider themselves to be among the disciples of Christ are the remnant who will find through the experience of Soul that Christ comes to earth in them if we will tarry in John until Christ realization comes.

Let us be grateful that such a teaching exists. Let us not make the mistake of the world in seeing it only from the human eyes.

And so with that, you can join me, we can say, “Amen.”

(Audience says, “Amen”)

This is our teaching.

And to all of you, the best of our Spiritual mansions in this coming New Year.

Thanks again.

A very happy New Year for tomorrow and the eternity to follow. We know that in our Spiritual Self there is no New Year for we’re told that eternity already is. The I is not experiencing a New Year. The I is our identity and so, we know that in time, we’re merely living out our concept of the I and if it’s a limited concept, it’s a limited life. As the concept is lessened from the mortal sense and the Spiritual enters, we find that we’re not living in a year or in a physical form but we are Life itself.

Now, in this 20th chapter of John, it’s safe to say that there is very little in it that the world has known about. It can trace the footsteps. It can say, “He is risen.” But I’m quite sure you’ll agree that even we who have studied this long and hard could not understand this particular chapter unless we have had a full preparation for it. And we have had that preparation and for that reason today, we can look at the experience of Mary Magdalene, of the disciples and especially of Thomas and we can see things that have never really been revealed to the minds of the millions who walk this earth, who have studied this Bible.

As a matter of fact, as we enter certain levels of this chapter, you’re going to find that you don’t have a place where you can hold on. There’s no sure footprint to follow. You’ll have to walk in your own Spiritual footpath. You have to find your own invisible way and, in this sense, Mary Magdalene is leading us now because she is going to do something very strange.

Peter ran into the tomb. Peter saw there was no body. Peter saw grave clothes and a napkin and then Peter believed that Jesus Christ had risen and then he went home; went back to his material consciousness.

Now, Mary had announced that Jesus wasn’t in the tomb. She was the first woman disciple to know this before the men. But now, she doesn’t go home. Something rivets her right to the spot she won’t leave. So, as we pick Mary up here in the 11th verse, Mary stood without at the sepulchre, weeping.

“…. and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepulchre, And seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at the head, the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain.”

Now, there’s going to come a time in the life of every person here when we go through this experience if we have not already done so. Something is going to say to us, “You’re ready for a new level. You’re ready to let go of what you thought you were. You’re ready to ascend to the Self that you are. You’re ready to be restored to your own Reality.”

And that happens when, like Mary, we’re willing to weep. She could have gone home. She could have said, “He isn’t there.” But you know, that his not being in the tomb was not the cause of her weeping. This would rather be a cause for rejoicing. It would seem that weeping means quite a bit more than human sorrow.

Humanly, she would have said, “Why he’s not here. How wonderful. He’s risen.” But instead, she’s weeping. And that is because Mary has seen something that Peter could not see. Mary is weeping means the Christ in Mary is weeping for her recognition. The Christ in Mary is weeping to lead her into conscious union with the Infinite. And Mary is standing fast. Something in her tells her that Christ is near. She doesn’t assume that he is risen in a physical form. She’s really now in an inner experience and all that is within her is saying, “Christ is right near. You’re almost breaking through into Christ Consciousness.” She’s weeping for union with Christ.

Now, Mary at this point represents the entire will of an individual. When the will of you is weeping for Christ, weeping for Truth alone, you’ll find you’re standing not in the tomb, but outside. In the tomb, you will be bound by your sense perception. Outside the tomb means that Mary is outside sense perception. She is transcending her senses. She is not imprisoned within the senses.

You will recall that John did a strange thing. When he outran Peter to the tomb, John did not go in. Peter did. Mary is now doing the same thing. Before she goes into the tomb to look, to investigate, she stands outside and this is the procedure which is called living outside the body image. This is the high esoteric teaching at this point that before you enter any place in this world, you must learn to remember that you cannot enter as a physical form. The moment you enter anywhere, even this room, as a physical form, you have come in a state of duality. You are a divided consciousness.

Mary could not enter that tomb until she had first found her inner Self and so she was weeping to find the inner Christ. She was Soul searching. She was reaching out beyond the mind, refusing to accept what the mind saw and because of it, as she rests within herself, knowing that I am not in this form, I am not living in this physical body, I am the Spirit of the Father. She’s outside the tomb, the sepulchre called body. She’s outside the concept of mortal life and only when she establishes that, is she ready now to look inside. And she does that. She does it and the procedure is called stooping and looking. She stoops and she looks.

When she stoops, she’s expressing that humility of there is no person here called Mary. When she looks because she has already stooped, because she has obliterated personal sense, when she looks, she is looking with the inner eye not with the outer eye.

Peter ran in with the outer eye. He saw the grave clothes. Mary comes in with the inner eye and sees not the grave clothes at all but two angels. And John is showing us the difference between the personal sense of loss experienced by Peter who lives in material consciousness and the high, transcendental awareness of Mary Magdalene who lives by Divine Will and Love.

Divine Will in her is expressing its wholeness and it shows forth to her as two angels. One at the head and one at the feet where the body of Jesus had lain.

Now, these two angels are not visible to human eyes. They are Divine communications. They appear only to the inner Self. Mary is introducing the world at this point to the great Truth that beside the five senses of the physical nature, we have the senses of the Soul which can perceive that which is invisible to and untouchable by the human senses.

Mary had achieved the inner senses and with the inner senses she is now able to discern those qualities of the Spirit which are unknown to the mind of man but not to John who had already been in that tomb long before he arrived at the tomb. John who had already transcended his personal self, who made way for Peter to show us the distinction between one who knows the Spirit and one who knows the flesh.

The angels represent many things. The two, one at the head, one at the foot, is expressive of the total regeneration, the whole man regenerated, from head to foot. And the last is returned to the first, so that first and last are now One. I am the beginning and the end, the Alpha and the Omega. This is the sign that one has returned to one’s pre-existent Self and these two angels further tell us a secret that will only develop in the twentieth chapter as we go along through it very carefully. We will see it as a sign of two different kinds of bodies that are going to be presented to us. One might be called a Spiritual body and another a still higher body called a Celestial body.

The two angels are a promise of new developments to come. They are the sign that Mary, within herself now is being Christed. It hasn’t fully happened but she has opened the way by her weeping which is yearning for Christ Consciousness, putting Christ first, last and always so that there is no personal Mary there, there is only the desire to live in Christ.

Blessed are they that mourn.”

This weeping and this mourning are one and the same. Those who are ready to be dead to that self which is not, are mourning and ready to be alive to that Self which is, are weeping for reunion with Christ and they shall be comforted. They shall receive the Holy Ghost, the Comforter and Mary will receive the Comforter.

Now, she turns outside. The angels have said to her, “Why weepest thou?” And she says, “They have taken my Lord away.”

She cannot find the full expression of Christ within herself but she lingers. Something holds her there. This inner communion with the angels of the Father within is an experience in which you know you are on the path of Truth. Within you is the complete, total awareness that I am now being guided and, in a moment, an eternal moment, something will open up, a new horizon, a new consciousness, a new age. I will be lifted up into the seventh Heaven.

When she goes outside the tomb now, she sees one but she can’t quite tell who it is. This is that in between state now when we’re coming close to the Christ Consciousness but have not yet been fully lifted up to perceive the Christ of our own Being. We may feel the presence of the Spirit without any specific identification and again, comes the question “Why weepest thou?” But this time it comes from this vision that she sees in the garden. “They have taken my Lord away.”

And then comes the word, “Mary.” That’s all he says, “Mary.” And as that word is spoken, this is the Christing of Mary. This is Christ within her recognizing her entire Being.

When Christ within you speaks your name, Christ knows you and in the moment that Christ knows you, you have the capacity to know Christ. As we are known by the Christ, we can know the Christ.

In that breathless moment, when she hears the word, “Mary,” her entire Being is being Christed and her recognition of this is her response, “Rabboni….Master.” She recognizes the Christ of her Being. It would appear as you read this that she sees Jesus in the garden and recognized him to be the Christ. But this is the inner experience of Mary in which she recognizes Christ within her Self.

She may not know she has found Christ within her Self. She still thinks this is a person out there but she has seen the incorporeal Christ, the incorporeal man. She’s swept with ecstasy. She wishes to throw herself at his feet and embrace him, to clasp his knees to her but he says, “Touch me not;[for] I have not yet ascended.”

And again, this would seem to mean that Jesus, the Christ had not yet ascended. But it doesn’t mean that at all. It means that I, in the midst of you, have not yet ascended. I have not been fully lifted up within your consciousness if you still want to touch me, if you still think I am a person out here to be touched.

And Christ is telling us all at this moment, “I am incorporeal Being in the midst of you. Do not be deceived by the senses again. Do not reach out to touch that which is within your Self. Do not fall back into the deception of the physical senses. You have found Christ in you, not outside you.”

And so, know the incorporeal Christ of your own Being and that will be the Ascension. “Do not reach out and touch. I cannot be touched. That would be an illusion. I am not yet fully ascended in your consciousness and I will not be until you overcome the illusion that you must touch that which you seem to think is out there.”

Mary was finding her own Christ Self but not yet fully aware of that until the Master says, “Touch me not.” There is still inner communion until total Oneness is attained.

Now then, Christ will appear within you one day but only after you have prepared yourself and then Christ will re-appear, perhaps many times. And finally, there will come the moment when the Christ who appears within you will be accepted by you as the Self of the universe, as the Self of your Being and not as a separate individual from your own Self. When you know that, when you have been so favored to receive that Inner Bestowal, that the Christ within you that you see with the inner eye, is known to be but an image in your consciousness of your own Infinite Being, then you will have passed the point of “Touch me not for I have not yet ascended.” And we must pass that point.

This inner illumination is the end of the quest.

Now, think back, those of you who have witnessed the Christ within, those of you who have had the Voice within, and see that here, Mary is giving you a lesson. She’s being used to teach you that the Voice of the Christ that she hears in the garden is an inner Voice and Mary is taking us way back to the Garden of Eden where Adam and Eve, the un-Christed, living in the garden, were unaware of the invisible Christ. Mary in the garden finds the invisible Christ.

And this is the revelation that all mankind is incorporeal, that Christ is the invisible, incorporeal Self of mankind and that the world, living now, is in the Garden of Eden unaware of it. It is miserable in the Garden of Eden, still listening to the serpent, still listening to mortal mind when invisibly, to those who have made the preparation, Christ is present and can be experienced as Divine Selfhood. We are walking in that garden now. We have always been walking in it. But we have not stopped. We have not wept. We have not stooped. We have not looked. We have not listened. We have not discerned. Because we have not yet developed the will to love God and only God within. This will, this living, active will is Mary Magdalene in you.

As you accept this will in you to know only God aright, first, last and foremost, you will find you are aided to rest, to be meek unto the inner Spirit, to have the inner eye opened, to be lifted out of and above the five senses of the mind, to witness the incorporeal nature of all Life and finally, to know it is you. And where did it all begin with Mary? When she was cast at the Master’s feet as a sinner, told to be stoned but the Master had seen her Incorporeality and now, she is seeing her own Incorporeality. The cycle is complete. She never was what the world thought and no one is.

And so, as we accept the will to know only God in ourselves, in everyone we meet, we are staying outside the senses, outside the sepulchre, outside the tomb of matter, outside the tomb of mortal life, resting in the word that the invisible Christ is here in the garden, ever present, always present and we are weeping for conscious union with that Christ until the Christ says “Why weepest thou?” until that Voice opens the heart.

The angels had searched the heart of Mary for her motives. They were found to be pure. Her inner goodness enabled her to receive the awareness of the Inner Self. Mary wasn’t seeking anything of the world. Nothing. Mary wasn’t seeking anything for Mary. Mary was seeking Christ salvation. Mary was seeking Divine Truth and Mary attains that which she is seeking because her motives are 100% pure.

Now she is told to go. “Go to my brethren.” Tell them what you’ve seen. Tell them that I go “to your Father and My Father; to your God and my God.” He emphasizes “Father.” He emphasizes “God” because Mary had called him “Rabboni,” which means “My Master.” He’s telling her, “I’m not your Master. I am your Self and tell my brethren that I go “To your Father and to my Father.” We’re one and the same. We have the same Father. “To my God and your God.” We have the same God. My Father and my God are one and the same. Your Father and your God are the same. We are the Self, we are not two, Mary. Neither are my brethren separate from us. They are the One Self, as we.”

And now because the Will has been established to live in God, that Will, runs to the disciples. Without the Will to live in God, the disciples cannot be alerted or awakened. Mary had to come first and this is now Mary, in the midst of the disciples who must be awakened. Mary in the midst of us must be awakened to awaken the disciples within us. Unless the will of you is established to live in God, the disciples in you will remain asleep.

This, too, is a promise of the Christ which was fulfilled from the 22nd Psalm. We’ll just look at it a moment because it’s necessary to know that always, every Divine promise must be fulfilled.

The 22nd Psalm and the 22nd verse. “I will declare thy name unto my brethren: in the midst of the congregation will I praise thee.”

And here, in chapter 20, just as in the 22nd Psalm, “Go to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my Father, and our Father; [and to] my God, and your God.”

So, the very Christ who spoke the words through David in the Psalm now speaks the words to Mary within her own Being. And if you have heard words of a similar nature, you have heard the eternal Word, words that unite you with all who have walked in the Spirit throughout all eternity. If you have heard these words within you or similar words, at that moment, you were One with every prophet who ever walked the earth and that Oneness has never stopped remaining in Oneness. It can never be broken.

We are being opened beyond this tomb of a physical form to know that we are not walking in it. The incorporeal Christ was not confined in that tomb and neither is the incorporeal you and only through the recognition of the Invisible Christ in the garden around you are you accepting Life not confined to the body image. That is how we are lifted out, far and above and beyond our mortal concepts, out of the limitations of form and time and space because I, the Christ of you, I go unto my Father and your Father. This is the Divine surgery whereby in the attainment of Christ awareness, you are One with the Father which is Infinity and that little tomb of a body ceases to be your habitation.

This is the new Consciousness. It is also the first day of Resurrection and is still only the morning. We learn through Christ, accepted as invisibly present, as my incorporeal Self, I am in the first day of Resurrection.

The complete teaching of Jesus Christ comes to a pinnacle at this point; for Mary, for those who understand what is happening to Mary, for those who can walk the same path.

So, Mary goes. She is now entrusted to alert the disciples.

Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that he had spoken these things unto her.”

Now, to whom could you give this inner experience had it been yours? The only ones she could give it to were the disciples of Christ. It seemed natural for her to do this rather than go out and broadcast to the world.

And similarly, when you have been lifted to the point of inner Light, there are very few people to whom you can divulge what has happened, only to disciples of Christ and even then, only if the inner Self has directed you in some way to do this as it often does.

Now, it is evening. We can imagine what happened when she arrived and told them what had happened to her. She found them in the upper room of Mark’s mother’s house. Even Peter was there who had run home. But now they learn that something has happened, something beyond their wildest dreams. First, they had learned – probably from Peter – that the Master wasn’t there and they had assumed he had risen. Now, they learn that he has spoken to one among them, he has spoken to a woman. Just as for the first time when he divulged his identity on this earth, it was to a woman at the well of Samaria. She said, “I know when Christ cometh he will do these things.” And he said to the woman at Samaria, “I am he.”

And now, to Mary Magdalene, who has passed the point of the five senses just as the woman of Samaria had passed the point of the five husbands or the five senses and was in that in-between stage, transcending the five senses, so Mary Magdalene in us, reports to the disciples within us that “I have spoken with him. I have seen him. I have been entrusted to bring you this Truth.” And the disciples assume that he has risen from the dead. Mary Magdalene has learned that he has not risen from the dead. He has risen from the deadness within her.

Now, you’ll find that Christ never changes. When Jesus appears in the garden or when he appears to the disciples, he’s never really appearing. Christ is always present but as others become more conscious of that Presence, he is said to appear to them and each receives Christ within at a different level of their own awareness. Mary, in her way, and now the disciples find as they are at, in a prayer with the doors shut, that this form appears. It was just as present before it appeared through the door or through the wall. It was present in the garden when Peter was at the tomb but he couldn’t see it. The angels, he couldn’t see. The Christ is present in this room but you cannot see the Christ unless you are in communion within.

If suddenly, the Christ walked through the walls, it would not actually be an event of the Christ walking through the walls. It would be you and I or someone here lifted high enough to perceive that Christ which is ever present.

And so, the symbol of the walls being so thick that no human could walk through but only the Christ is the statement that these disciples now having known that Jesus is actually alive are in deep inner communion. And when Christ appears, his words are, “Peace be unto you.”

Their assumption is that Christ is risen from the dead. They still had not caught the inner Christ of their own Being is being experienced within themselves. They still see an external Christ coming through a wall. Christ is never external to you. It is impossible for Christ to be external to Christ.

But there is sufficient inner awareness now to perceive this incorporeal form. They need no further evidence. They don’t say, ‘’Let us touch the wound.” Their visual evidence is enough for them. They are satisfied this is Jesus Christ.

Not Thomas. He’s not satisfied. Thomas has to touch. So, we see three levels. Mary, who doesn’t see him in any way imperfect. The disciples, who still see him as an imperfect form return to them still as he was, with wounds. They are not yet in the fulness of Christhood. They see an imperfect Jesus Christ. There is none. And then a Thomas, who is the lowest level of this inner knowing, who sees but isn’t even convinced by seeing. And so, he says, “I must feel. I must thrust my hand in his side.”

These are the various levels that are given to us at this point. What does he say to Thomas? “Blessed are those who can believe without seeing, who don’t have to touch the wounds.”

Now, why, if Christ is Christ, does Thomas see the wounds and have to touch them and the disciples see the wounds and believe that he is resurrected and Mary sees the incorporeal man without wounds? There’s no mention of wounds when Mary sees him; different levels of awareness to show us that we all see Christ in different ways but always, Christ never changes. Christ never has wounds. But if we see wounds, if Thomas sees wounds, what is he seeing? He’s seeing his own consciousness. If the other disciples see wounds, they are seeing their own consciousness. They’re not seeing wounds in Christ. They’re seeing wounds in their own sense awareness.

If you’re seeing an earthquake, you’re seeing it in your own sense awareness. If you’re seeing a disease, you’re seeing it in your own sense awareness. The deception of the senses see imperfection where Christ is and no imperfection can be there. It’s never external imperfection. It’s always within the visible senses of the beholder. All the diseases on the earth are within the senses of the beholder. The whole world is within our senses. The Christ is never in the world. The Christ is never in our senses. The Christ is never imperfect and “blessed are they who believe without seeing” is telling us that when you can accept that the Christ is present and perfect, then you can look through all visible imperfection which Thomas couldn’t do, which the disciples couldn’t do but which Mary could do.

You can look through every visible imperfection in your so-called human experience to know that that is but the denial that Christ is present here in the garden. It isn’t happening outside your senses. It doesn’t matter what imperfection you know. The only place it’s happening is within your five physical senses.

And when your Soul is opened, you will perceive that these five, physical senses had deceived you into thinking something was present beside the perfect Christ. Christ is revealed as the only Presence. There is no other.

When Mary finds the Christ, Mary ceases to be. But there’s still a Thomas. There are still male disciples to be lifted up.

The importance here is that Thomas represents the level of the world today. The highest religious world today believes as Thomas did, that he rose from the dead. Why? Because the senses of Thomas said so. Thomas was deluded twice. First, by the crucifixion and then by the Resurrection. Neither had occurred. The world of religion today still thinks Jesus was resurrected. Why? Because judging from the Bible, Thomas and the others, some five hundred, saw Jesus resurrected. But what was happening is they were being lifted to perceive that which had never died and each was seeing it in his own level of consciousness. If they could have all seen him as Mary saw him, they would have known This was never wounded: that was the world illusion. And then we, in knowing that would know, there was never a disease on this earth: that was the world illusion. There was never an evil on this earth: that was the world illusion. There was never a Managua-Nicaragua earthquake. There was no plane came down in the Andes. There were no human corpses eaten by their colleagues. All this is part of seeing the wounds in the side, seeing the print of the nails. This is seeing the evils of the world with our senses and believing they are there.

So that Thomas in us, the reasoning, the understanding of the human mind says, “Well, I finally saw it. It must be true.” Then Thomas gets on his knees and says, “My Lord and my God,” to the Master. But on a false assumption that the mutilated Christ has now come back in a mutilated form. That’s the limit of Thomas and it’s the limit of the religious mind of the world. It’s also the limit of the congregations of the religions of the world.

But go, tell my brethren….. that I go to my Father and your Father,” not with a mutilated body – as the perfect Child of God. And when you have found me in you, you go to your Father, not with a mutilated body but as the perfect Child of God. That going is the acceptance of the now Self.

We overcome Thomas. We overcome the disciples. We walk with Mary. We are joined into Oneness with the Invisible Self. For us, the Garden of Eden is the Reality, for Christ is the only inhabitant. And this earth is Christed in our Consciousness. Christ is the only inhabitant. We can look out. No matter what we see and we judge not. We don’t have to feel the wounds of the world. We don’t have to see the prints of the nails and the hands of the world.

Instead, we learn that when the Master comes to the disciples, his hands stand for his Power. His side stands for his Love. They were glad when they saw him because he showed them his hands and his side, not physically, he showed them his Power and his Love. They were feeling the Power and Love of Christ within themselves. When you feel the Power and Love of Christ within your Self, you have found the hands and the side of Christ.

So, this is our 20th chapter. Let’s see if we can rest with it a moment. What have we learned out of this?

If you have reached an important conclusion with yourself, never to deny the God Presence where you are, then you’re in that Will which lingers and will not go back to the old consciousness. The five senses are not revealing the Kingdom of God. They’re revealing the wounds, the nail prints, the errors, the imperfections that aren’t there. They are making Thomas within you reach conclusions that are untrue.

On the other hand, if you are true to the presence of God everywhere, then we must be cautious so that in no way are we fooled by the senses in denying that Presence; Truth of God as the only Self.

Now, watch how easily you fall out of upholding the presence of God as the Only. You judge. And whatever your judgment, big or small, even if it’s a good judgment, that judgment breaks the continuity of the One mind. When you judge, you are saying that “God is not present.” Whatever you judge is unrighteous. The only judgment is righteous judgment and that judgment is that God is present.

Now, if God is present, and I judge something to be wrong somewhere, then I am saying that “God is not omnipotent,” that “God is not omniscient,” that “God is not omnipresent.” If I have accepted the newspaper headlines of the day, or the tragedies of the past, or anticipate tragedies of the future, I am judging that God is not present because in the presence of God, there can be no tragedy. I am looking at tragedies and, in my consciousness, I am accepting the wounds as real; falling into a trap.

There can be no tragedies in the presence of God and therefore, there can be no tragedies in your Life no matter what appears. The illusion is the tragedy. The Reality is the invisible presence of God and although you’d like some sign or something to aid you to make God reveal God before you make the acceptance that God is present; it’s the other way around. You must make the acceptance before God can reveal God. Unless you’re living in the conscious awareness of that Presence, there’s no way for the Presence to reveal itself through you.

You can see that Thomas is being shown to us as the opposite of Mary with the disciples in between. Thomas could not stoop down. He could not permit himself to accept what he, personally could not verify. Mary could stoop down. Thomas couldn’t have seen two angels. Thomas couldn’t see the Christ in the garden. That’s why Mary came first and then the disciples and then finally, Thomas.

To uphold the One presence of God as perfect is to know that we are living in Perfection now. There is no power to change it. We will see the invisible form of Jesus from one point of view or another and this body we now we see within ourselves, if you see the Christ within your Self, will be from a higher realm than the realm we’ve walked in as human beings. And then later, still another realm and always the form you see will be but a symbol for Christ is Infinite and you cannot see an infinite form. You’re going to see an image of the infinite form within your Self.

You’re going to live in the Soul senses or human sensations depending on whether you uphold that only God is present. And if you are fooled by your senses, you will accept that beside God something else is present. And then, the meaning of Mary seeing the angels in the tomb and then outside the tomb, finally seeing the invisible Christ will be of no value if you still persist in believing what your senses see. Her senses did not see the Christ. It was the absence of those senses which enabled her to see the Christ. It is only when you overcome the belief that you have material senses that you will see the Christ. You cannot have material senses. They are unreal and all they can report to you is the unreality which they are forced to witness.

Our conclusion at this stage should be there is an incorporeal universe and an incorporeal man ever present, ever perfect, ever infinite. “Peace be unto you.” When that is repeated for the third time by Jesus Christ in this chapter, it is the sign that he is coming to the place where he will reveal the fulness of his mission. The third time he says, “Peace unto you” means I am now reaching and preparing you for a new age. Three is the beginning of completion and that new age is the incorporeal age of Spirit in which there is only One and you know your Self to be that One. You never deny it. You never deny its Perfection. You do not let the five-sense world fool you into believing that any but the perfect One is present.

This may be the first day of Resurrection in the Bible and for those of us who have faithfully found that inner rest out of the world of appearance, out of the world of sense judgment, so that we ourselves are past the point of being judged for we judge not and therefore, we are not judged. We are not separated from the One who is the Only.

During our intermission, you might give a moment’s thought to what conclusions this experience of the 20th chapter should lead you. What Truth can you depend upon if you accept this chapter and the interpretation of it? What Truth can you depend upon to live by so that a New Year is actually a new Consciousness?

That’s what we’re going to do in the second part of this meeting and so let’s have a little rest now before that. Thank you.

– End of Side One —-

In the earlier chapters, when the disciples learned that their leader was going to leave them, he said to them, in John 16:22, “Ye now therefore have sorrow: but I will see you again, and your heart shall rejoice, and your joy no man taketh from you.”

No man will take your joy from you when I see you again.”

Now, this is a promise then that when you are able to transcend the senses, and receive the Christ, no man can take your joy from you.

And now, in the 20th chapter, “Then said Jesus to them [again], Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you.”

Now, something happens then when you receive the Christ. As Christ is sent by the Father, you are sent by the Christ. Now we know that “Christ sent by the Father” means that the Infinite individualizes as Itself and it is called Christ. The ocean individualizing as its waves.

When Christ is sent, everything that Christ expresses is Divine. It is the Source expressing Itself at a given point called Christ. When you are sent by Christ, everything you do is the Infinite Source through Christ expressing Itself as you so that you are sent. You are ordained. That which you do is the result of your Source doing it. Christ has no obstacle because Christ is the expression of the Source It is sent. You have no obstacle because you are the expression of the Christ when you have received the Christ.

So, the Master says to the disciples, “As my Father has sent me, even so send I, you.”

And then, we are given this great insight to that which happens when you are sent and how it happens. “When he had said this, he breathed on them, and said unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost.”

This is the fulfillment of the promise that they would rejoice when they saw him again. This is the fulfillment of the promise that, “If I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you.”

When you drop the personal sense of a you, of a material self, of a human lifespan, of all that your five natural, physical senses report and have divested yourself completely of the belief in corporeality, that’s when the physical goes away and then the Spirit of the Father within you breathes upon you and this is the Bestowal of the Holy Ghost or the Comforter.

The Comforter comes unto you when you have dropped all physicality and belief in physicality because what is physicality but a five-sense belief? I see it, I touch it, I feel it, I hear it but I have no physical senses to do this with. They are mortal. They die. They are not of the Father. What can they tell me about God? What can they tell me about Christ? What can they tell me about my permanent Being? Nothing. They can only tell me about the world; recreation. So, when you drop belief in the physical senses, you are enabled to be lifted into creation instead of re-creation.

So, the Holy Ghost is bestowed which is that You are now sent by the Christ. You actually are that Holy Ghost. The Holy Ghost sends Itself as You. God sends the Christ. The Christ sends the Holy Ghost. That is the Holy Trinity of One and that One is your Being. The activity of Christ is the Comforter, the Holy Ghost.

And how can you have the activity of Christ, the Comforter, the Holy Ghost unless you have the Christ? And you cannot have the Christ while you’re still in a five-sense world, in a five-sense concept. That’s the sepulchre. That’s the tomb, the five senses.

So you’re outside the five senses when you disbelieve in their evidence but rather you believe in the evidence of things unseen, untouched, unheard. Then, Christ in you, sends the Holy Ghost. That is the activity of Christ in you expressing Itself as the Divine qualities of the Father where you stand.

And you discover there is nothing corruptible. Nothing that can decay. Nothing that can die in your Being. Nothing that can be limited. Nothing that can lack. Your Being does not see the wall. Your Being does not see the door. Your Being does not see the physical obstruction. Only your senses do. Your Being does not know what it means to need anything; only your senses do, and this sense perception is the denial of Christ identity and it is a barricade we build which prevents our being sent or ordained by the Christ so that Christ expressing the fulness of the Father is the invisible Holy Ghost finally appearing in the visible as the health of your countenance.

The line of communication is clearly established that unless you transcend the belief in the senses, there is no Bestowal of the Comforter or the Holy Ghost: the invisible activity of Christ cannot manifest in your experience.

But here it is, being bestowed upon the disciples of Jesus Christ. In spite of all their fears that he had left them, in spite of their doubts, even in spite of their belief that he had now returned, they hadn’t yet come to the realization that they were being lifted up to witness the Reality of their own Being.

Every time we think that the Holy Ghost is just a word in a book or that Christ is something we’re going to attain tomorrow, we are really saying that “God’s on a vacation. God’s taken two weeks off. God’s gone fishing.” But God is the invisible activity of the Christ every moment. And whatever is un-Divine is non-existent. There is no such thing as un-Divinity. It is but a sense illusion. Whatever is un-Divinity, is actually deadness for the Divine is All.

Now, because we are sent, ordained, we have a mission and that mission is to let Christ in you heal the sick, feed the hungry, feed the dead. You find – and this is a great lesson in the practitioner work – that there is no healing takes place within your senses. In order for healing to take place, it must occur outside your senses and then it will appear within your five-sense appearing world. The actual healing is always outside the senses. There could be no healing inside the senses.

And that’s where we prove out for ourselves that all of the work of God must be outside your senses. You must learn how to live outside them, not inside them. The Within of You is living outside your senses. The Above of You, the Transcendental of You, the Reality of You and then suddenly, the senses are revealed as the world mind in disguise. That’s where we’ve been imprisoned, in the world mind that surrounds us as our own five physical senses which then report unreality as unreal as the senses themselves. They report a physical form where there is none. They report physical experiences where there are none. They report a physical life where there is none.

Once these five walls are walked through, when you walk through the wall of the five senses, there’s a new world waiting, a complete, new realm and now, the Soul senses become accustomed to it and open you up. The things you hear, the things you see, the things you do, the things you experience are totally different than the world knows.

When the Master says, “Peace be unto you,” that is what he was saying. He isn’t saying, “I hope Peace comes unto you.” Christ in you is the Peace unto you. Now, is Peace unto the disciples when the Master says, “Peace be unto you.” As they receive the Christ, Peace is unto them and Peace means the end of all conflict. The end of all confusion. “Peace …. unto you” is the end of the warfare between the Spirit and the flesh. “Peace …. unto you” is the end of duality, the end of separation from your own Self and your own Source.

Whenever the inner Voice says, “Peace …. unto you” that is the actual experience of Oneness with God. That is the revelation of your own Immortality. You may hear this within your Self, “Peace be unto you.” This is the revelation to us, that now the disciples have lifted up the I of their Being. They have been drawn by the Christ into the new realm.

Many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of his disciples, which are not written in this book: But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye might have life through his name.”

As Christ becomes more real, not just an idea, and then not just an experience but the Reality of your Being, then you are believing in his name, for his name is his identity in you and then as the sent Holy Ghost of the Christ, you will walk forward, letting the Light shine. It is now our function to lift the world, to let the Light shine through the religions of the world, through the races of mankind, to demonstrate the Christ and your capacity to reject all sense evidence, finally to know the One Divine Life where you stand, where your neighbor stands.

You have the capacity now to malpractice the world or to bless it. You have the capacity to release in the world the sense of evil. And that was given to you when the Master said to his disciples that he had given them the Power to remit sins. “Whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whose soever sins ye retain, they are retained.” Only this group had that Power because this group had been given the Comforter.

Now, if you were a priest in one of the holy orders of the world and you thought you had the power to remit sins, this would actually be a sin on your part. If you thought you could lay hands on some and remit their sins, this would be a sin on your part. No holy order can give any man the power. There is no such thing as human forgiveness of sins and this here is teaching us just that. The only way that sins are remitted is through the Power of Christ, not through a human hand. And it is not a person who can remit the sins of another person. It is the Christ within the individual who remits the sins. The moment Christ in you is risen, your sins are remitted.

The remission of sins then is really the end of separation from God by the final realization of Christ identity. That’s the only way sins are remitted and all sins of course, are the belief that I am a personal, human being. That sums up all of the sins of the world.

This passage where Christ remits sins has been so misconstrued that you’ve got thousands of men in cloaks going around the country putting hands on people’s heads and shoulders and saying “Your sins are remitted,” and then the poor fellow goes out and trips down a manhole ten minutes later. He’s immune to nothing. He hasn’t received the Christ and the one so-called remitting his sins hasn’t received the Christ and Christ is the only Redeemer.

But you, as you are willing to weep until the Christ announces Itself in the garden of your consciousness, the Power of remission of sins comes unto you. Your capacity to stand aside and recognize the incorporeal Self of every individual is the way you remit sins. There’s no sin in the incorporeal Self of the world, only in the five-sense corporeal self we see.

So, we’re going to now intensify our capacity to remit the sins of the world, not through personal effort, but through the impersonal Christ.

Your next chapter is the last chapter in John – other days of the Resurrection. And we’re going to begin with that, our world work. That world work will teach us how we are to face this world of earthquakes and typhoons and diseases and limitations and dying people and restore the lost years of the locusts in our consciousness.

Now, I think we owe Nicaragua a recognition that we haven’t given her. They say typhoid is supposed to break out there or already has. And so, let us now discern the Reality. Let’s get out of the tomb, out of the sepulchre. Let’s see that there is no material self that can have typhoid anywhere in God’s universe.

There are no diseases in the Kingdom of Heaven on earth. My sense mind knows nothing about that but fortunately, we don’t have a sense mind. Fortunately, we know that Christ is the only mind. And so, we have nothing with which we can perceive disease. We have nothing to behold disease with. If it appears to us, we still cannot behold it or accept it for the Christ mind knows nothing of this. The Christ mind only knows Reality.

And so, we’re accepting no earthquake in Nicaragua or in any part of the globe. We’re accepting no typhoid in Nicaragua or in any part of the globe. We’re accepting no disease. We’re accepting no suffering. We’re accepting no human being. We’re accepting the incorporeal Christ everywhere. That means your Self is there and your Self is Christ and your Self is free; the perfect image and likeness of the Father. And your Self is here.

Silence, (pause) …

We’re accepting the Resurrection of Christ in the consciousness of those who live in the country called Nicaragua. The I of you, the I of me is the I in every individual and as it ascends in our consciousness, it ascends in them. I am ascended, in the consciousness of the world as you accept Me in your consciousness, as Infinite Being.

Silence, (pause) …

Fear not…. it is I.” It is always I. All fear is a sense mechanism denying the omnipresence of God.

We’re out of the tomb.

And in our consciousness is the Presence, we are playing an important role in the development of the universal Resurrection of Christ in the consciousness of mankind. This is the part you are playing. It’s the part you have been playing since you undertook this work.

We are walking with the disciples of yesterday in the presence of Now, sharing with them the same knowledge that was transmitted to them that “I in the midst of thee am the invisible Christ.” And then, the bestowal of the Ghost comes unto all those who remain faithful to the universal Truth that only Christ is expressing on earth. There is no second.

There is only Christ where the world sees Nicaragua. There is only Christ everywhere and there we rest until the Father within establishes the deep-rooted Consciousness of this Truth as an experience, not a statement.

Silence, (pause) …

Resurrection is never an outer experience of a physical body returning to a physical form. The two angels within were the announcement of an inner Resurrection. That is the inner Resurrection that takes place in our own consciousness and lifts us to higher levels until we find that Sabbath which is eternal, the eternal Sabbath of the senses when the veil of the senses is completely pierced and never returns.

Silence, (pause) …

Only Spiritual flesh is present everywhere and the senses have deceived us from the first. All is the Light. That Light is the One Being that you are. That Light is expressing where all forms appear.

Mary transcended all appearances when she said, “Show me where my Lord is and I will take him away.” There was no physical appearance of the Spirit of God, the Christ Jesus, and yet, she said, “Show me where my Lord is.” She transcended all appearance. We are being asked to do likewise, to transcend every appearance on this earth, ever saying, “Show me where my Lord is that I may take him away, that I may be one with the Christ of my own Self.”

Thanks to Mary, we can say, “Thou seest him when thou seest me.” Mary was the Christ she sought and later, that which appeared to her as the Christ would be revealed to her as her own Being. That we can accept now. The Christ you seek infinitely is your Being. There is no personal self. There is only your Infinite Christ and to accept this and to live with it, faithfully, is finding Christ in the garden, though unseen but accepted in your consciousness; in every garden for there is only One. In every country, in every race, in every religion, find Christ in the garden. Know that you are the invisible Self of every church in the world.

Silence, (pause) …

Then the signs that follow will show you, you are truly sent. You will receive the Bestowal. The Comforter will announce, “Henceforth, there is no flesh in your Consciousness for all is the One, Divine Self.”

This is the preparation of the Christ for the new era when all who walk in the flesh will walk out of the flesh as Moses and Enoch, Bhagriath, Buddha, Jesus, laying down their coats of skin and walk into the new Universe which has ever been present awaiting our existence in the next realm of Life. Those who have walked before us are all awaiting our entry into this new Realm and the help you’re receiving is beyond calculation.

We have two more meetings, the 7th of January and the 14th then a month off till we meet again on the 11th of February for the Special Seven classes which end on, I think it’s March 24th, the last Sunday in March.

If you know some people who might be planning to come here between the 14th of January and 11th of February, try get word to them if it’s convenient for you because there won’t be any notices mailed out about it nor will there be any notices about the Special Seven classes because we don’t want to encourage people who haven’t been attending to attend these Seven. We won’t reject them but we don’t want to influence them in any way.

These Seven classes will be the capstone of the work. Now, please read the 12th chapter of “Realization of Oneness” and last chapter of the Gospel of John. Those two chapters will constitute the work for next two sessions.

A very joyous Christ New Year.

Thank you.

I want to extend a very cordial welcome to all our friends.

We have a very unusual lesson today. It is the lesson of the Resurrection and I believe you will discover that as you dwell within your Self with the meaning of Resurrection, you will find that you have the key to every so-called problem on the face of the earth here in one lesson.

In the Resurrection of Jesus Christ, is the meaning of the entire mission of Christ on earth, the meaning of your Life, the meaning of all those who have walked before you and all those who will follow you. And in the realization of that meaning into an actual living experience, you’ll find that for you, the problems of earth, even those that are not your individual problems but the collective problems of man, for you begin to lose any sense of validity at all, whether they be war or famine or overpopulation, death itself. You can look at them and see that when you know what Resurrection truly means, that all evil on the earth for you no longer has any meaning at all.

Now there was a first Easter and I presume you might call the first Easter when Mary Magdalene came to the tomb, looked in and to her amazement, there was no body. And that was Easter. He has risen. “Someone has taken my Lord.” And the misinterpretation of the first Easter has caused us to live not only misinterpreting every other Easter but those 364 days in between Easters have suffered accordingly.

I give you the keys to the Kingdom,” said the Master, who had answered to the name Christ. “Yes, Peter, thou art right. I am the Christ and I, the Christ, give you the keys to the Kingdom.” And then this I which says, “I am in the midst of you and I, give you the keys to the Kingdom” also said “I am in the midst of you and I am the Resurrection. I, in the midst of you am the Resurrection.”

And if you go with the world who has misinterpreted the first Easter then every day thereafter is spent in turning away from the message of the Christ.

First, we know that God is All. And then the question is, how do you crucify God? And then the question is, can God be resurrected? Is Christ in a human form, resurrected from what?

And we see that a false label has been put on this meaning and it is because of an unawareness of a fundamental fact that rarely is pointed out. In fact, you won’t find it except in what may be called the Mystery schools which are not known to the world, in the inner teachings and that inner teaching makes understandable the Resurrection.

I think you can get to see it in another way if we look at two passages in the Bible. One is in Peter and one is in Revelation.

Peter says, “The Gospel has been taught to the dead,” and in Revelation, it says, “You have the reputation of being alive but you are dead.” You’ll find that in 3:1 Revelation. “You have the reputation of being alive but you are dead.” It’s disguised as a letter to the third church or to one of the churches, the Church of Sardis. “You have the reputation of being alive but you are dead.”

Now, this is that which the human mind has failed to accept. When we come into incarnation through birth, this in Scripture means the first death. Incarnation is not birth in Scripture. Incarnation is death. Reincarnation is return to that death. The real birth in Scripture is Resurrection, when you are resurrected out of the first death.

Peter understood that mortal life is called death by Spirit. John understood that mortal life is called death by Spirit. And rather than tell us that we were dead in words that we understood, many allusions and hints were made. Always to let us know that death is actually what we have called birth and it is death because the Soul is imprisoned in matter. Never is the Soul actually imprisoned in matter but matter becomes the place where we are separated from the awareness of our own Soul.

And so, the incarnation into flesh, into matter, the first death is that state called humanhood. That state which is what we have called birth and it was necessary for a teaching to come upon the earth to show us that incarnation into flesh is only halfway home and the other half is Resurrection out of flesh. And so, you have the birth into flesh and then the birth out of flesh. The first birth, incarnation and the second birth, is Resurrection. One into body and one out of body.

You might compare it to a group of people who decide to motor from California to New York. They’re going to spend, let’s say, five days on route. When they get to Chicago, one of them says, “I can’t wait till I get there” and the rest of them say, “No, this is as far as we want to go. We’ll stay in Chicago.” And that one insists, “But you haven’t arrived at your destination. You’ve only come halfway.” And they say, “Well, it’s nice here. We want to stay here. We don’t want to go any further.”

Humanhood is that state of starting out to New York but stopping in Chicago, not knowing that our distance has not been fully travelled. We think this is where we belong and we want to stay. And the Spirit says, “No. We started out to go to the Seventh Heaven. That’s where we’re going.”

We’re making a complete tour of Infinity. We start from God. We go out into incarnation and then we return to our starting point. You cannot stop midway. Resurrection is to push us out of Chicago into New York all the way to make us complete our journey from God the Father into the state called mortality and back to God, the Father. We cannot imprison the Soul by stopping in this fourth world.

And so, for those who receive that deeper insight which permits them to know that there is a way to go beyond mortality – which is not the way of human death but is the way of transition, the way of second birth – we find that Resurrection takes on the meaning then of being born into Life before human death. And this for us then becomes the greatest accomplishment for which we can spend our time, our effort, our concentrated and total human lifespan, to reach that great pinnacle of achievement in which we can be born again. First, having been born into mortality and now to be born out of mortality, to become the Word of God made flesh instead of the physical appearance of a world mind made flesh.

Now, either Jesus was resurrected or he was not. It’s either a fact or it is not. If we worship at the shrine of Christ within ourselves, we understand then that Resurrection is the raising up of Christ Power within each individual. When Christ in you is accepted, realized, understood as the very nature of your own Being, there stands the Son of God and you are resurrected and you are still in the flesh on this earth, not having yet come close to the point of a grave.

Resurrection must precede the grave. We must step out of the first birth into the second, out of the first death and whoever does, finds that they have become Masters for the way of Resurrection is the way of Self-mastery.

Resurrection is the mastery of land, the mastery of sea, the mastery of air and it follows that it also gives you mastery over sickness, over age, over untoward conditions that are called evil and over the illusion of death. You discover that all death is, is a word and that the only one who experiences death are those who remain. The one who goes on knows nothing about it. There’s not a person who has gone on to death who knows what death is. We who remain think they have died. All that happens is the illusion of death continues to baffle us.

But now, we see One who not only goes through the death: having helped others to come into their second birth, having raised a child into her second birth, having raised one out of the coffin into his second birth, having raised Lazarus into his second birth and now the greatest achievement of all – that which is the achievement of every man on earth, to raise ourselves out of a dying body.

And here, it is made visible. Now, if it’s true, we must pause. We must study. We must listen for the Word from within to teach us what is the meaning of this that could not die. The world has benefited little from the Resurrection of Jesus Christ but we are to benefit from that Resurrection. It was a great teaching, the greatest teaching on this earth.

Now, there was a Soul body there. There was one who had passed the point of a mortal body, but this who passed the point of a mortal body was the Christ made manifest to men. And the Christ which is the nature of your own Being, is saying, “I must take you now past the concept of a mortal body. I must resurrect you from the myth of mortality. I must show you another realm, a Kingdom of God on earth as it is in Heaven. I must lift you to the point where your consciousness can leave behind the grave clothes in which mortal body is buried and the napkin over the face so that a new mind and a new body walk where the old man was.”

Resurrection from the body of flesh, from the mind of matter is possible on this earth and when we finished our last chapter, Joel’s statement was just that. It is possible to bring the experience of God on earth and the Power of God and the Presence of God and the Love of God because they are on earth and when Jesus steps aside, miracles are performed by the Christ.

When mortal you, steps aside, the Immaculate Conception takes place. Then the Self of you is all that remains. The sense of duality is gone. We are resurrected from duality, resurrected from material sense, resurrected from the concepts of a human mind, resurrected from the belief that we live between birth and death alone, resurrected from the belief that we live in bodies that must die. All of these are inherent in the Resurrection.

There are many startling conclusions that we must face. We know that God is All. God is not human flesh. And the Resurrection teaches us one of the most strangest things that can ever be said. The illusion of the human race.

Only One stands and that is the invisible Christ revealed as the deathless Being, the invisible Self of all who walk in bodies of flesh. To see it as Jesus, the Christ, to be worshipped by men has done us no good whatsoever. To see it as the revelation of your own invisible Self, made manifest, is the turning point for I in the midst of you, I am the Savior. I am Salvation. I am the Resurrection. I am the Life which is imperishable. And your function on this earth is to be resurrected out of a dying body into I, the Life, the Self, the Reality of your Being. Not in a future Heaven, but now, here, on this earth to walk in the knowledge that you are the living essence of the Father.

Without this meaning, Resurrection is pointless. It is nothing but a personalized deity. Whereas the Christ is teaching that all Life is impersonal. All Life. You are the Life and your function, is to be that Life, not the person so that the outer person becomes nothing more than the echo of the Life which you are.

Self-mastery is when the outer person is the echo of the Life that is your Being. When you’re living in your Life, the outer person conforms to the law of the Divine and the outer person is nothing more than the innerness of Being expressed into visibility.

And so, if we’re going to accept the Resurrection of Jesus Christ, it must be on the terms of the Christ which revealed that there is a Self in every man which is forever and that this Self which is forever is not to be resurrected. It already is. Resurrection is not future. Resurrection is an established fact. Resurrection is dropping away all that denies identity, the Now of Resurrection, the Is of Resurrection. It wasn’t something we are to become. It is a revelation of what we already are.

I am the resurrection,” says Jesus, long before the body is placed in a tomb, long before Mary Magdalene comes to the garden, long before the Master walks into a room, through a wall. While appearing on this earth, the invisible Christ through Jesus says, “I am the resurrection.”

Then how could the Resurrection occur later if it already occurred. The Resurrection was not the body returning. The Resurrection was stepping out of the false belief in mortal sense. All of the miracles were possible because Resurrection had already been completed. The miracles were the revelation of the invisible Christ Presence everywhere, resurrecting those who seemed to be living in bodies of flesh. Each of these was Resurrection performing an active revelation of its own Presence that the Christ in each individual is resurrected when the consciousness opens up and as you open your consciousness, Christ in you is resurrected.

In other words, you become conscious of Christ in you. As your consciousness of the Christ in you is raised, you are being lifted to that pinnacle when, I am the Christ, speaks through you as you and Resurrection is an established fact.

Until we have been resurrected, until we are conscious of the Christ of Being, our work on earth must continue and we must incarnate again and again, always coming back to the tomb of flesh until one day, we enter the tomb of flesh like Mary Magdalene and we can see that there is no Divinity in the tomb. There is no Divinity in a human body. When you know there is no Divinity in your human body, the startling conclusion is reached that there is no Life in form. There is no Divine Life in a human form and only Divine Life is.

And so now, Mary Magdalene is going through this great opening of her consciousness. She comes to the tomb and the body isn’t there. Actually, she is a pawn. She’s being used by the Spirit to demonstrate what everyone must go through. We must all enter the tomb of our bodies. We must finally come to the conclusion that the Lord is not in the tomb. You will not find Christ in your human body. “He is risen.”

There is no Divine Life, there is no Divine Spirit in your human body. And then Resurrection is, if I have no Divine Life in my human body, am I in one? Am I Divine or am I mortal? If I am Divine, can I be in a human body? What is this human body? Well, that’s what we’re being resurrected from. That’s the purpose of Resurrection, to lift us out of a sense of human body, out of the material sense of a mortal world, to leave our nets, to fish on the other side of the ship.

And so, Resurrection says to you directly, “How far are you going? Are you stopping at the midway point? Then, you don’t want to study about Resurrection. Going all the way? Good. Then you’re interested.”

And therefore, for those who are going all the way, we can’t stop even at having a religion because in the Spirit of God, there is only one religion and that’s the only religion on this earth. Christ is the religion. You either are or you are not the Light of God. And the Light of God doesn’t have any kinds of creeds or colors or shapes or sizes. You can’t say the Light of God is a Christian or the Light of God is a Jew or the Light of God is a Hindu. The Light of God has no labels put upon it and we, who are going all the way, can only accept that I am the Light of God and we can accept only that the Light of God walks this earth invisibly everywhere and it is our function by correct awareness to participate in the Resurrection of mankind. The Resurrection of everyone who walks this earth in a human body is our function by recognizing only the Light of God.

Now, into the sepulcher goes Mary Magdalene on the third day. The third day is when he had promised to raise the body. And here on the third day, there were these women coming to the tomb with spices. They were going to anoint the corpse.

The world was unprepared for the meaning of “On the third day, I will raise this temple.” The world was unaware that he who had said, “If I go not away, the Comforter will not come to you” was now putting them through the experience for even while she said, “My Lord is not here” the very Christ was there. There is not a moment in the life of any individual on the earth when Christ is departed.

No matter what state we find ourselves in, Christ is always identity. Mary Magdalene was the invisible Christ but unaware at that moment and Peter to whom she ran and said, “They have taken our Lord away” and John, started to run to the tomb. It says that John out ran him, and he got there first but he didn’t go in. And then, when Peter came, John let Peter go in first.

Now, you’ve seen in the Resurrection of Lazarus a similar symbology. Noteworthy is that first, Mary the mother of Jesus, is a symbol of the highest level of unselfing that is possible to womanhood. Mary Magdalene is not of that level but she, being a fallen woman, represents what is called the fallen female principle. Whenever you find that feminine principle, you’re really talking about matter. We all come to earth through woman as matter and matter is what we must be raised up from.

Mary Magdalene – she would have been the lowest and yet, not condemned by the Spirit of God – is now the first woman on the earth to come to the tomb of Jesus Christ. She’s actually the first person on earth and that’s the symbol then that the material sense of life, which is the feminine principle of life, must be lifted up in man. And as she comes to the tomb, the feminine principle of life is being lifted up symbol[icly] and this activates Love and Faith. The moment you are moving aside the belief in a material sense, raising up the mortal material sense of life, Divine Love and Faith begin to flow into your consciousness and that’s John and Peter running to the tomb. Love gets there first.

Intuitively, the heart outraces the mind. The Soul, the awareness of God Presence, the Love of God is released when you are willing to step outside of sense conviction and this intuitive sense, this new formed Love within you awakens your Faith. Love doesn’t need to be shown. Faith does. So, Love doesn’t enter the tomb. Love steps aside and lets Faith go in to examine. Love already knows. Faith represented by Peter goes into the tomb and looks and examines and over there, just as Mary Magdalene had said, there were the linen clothes, very neatly folded. Nobody in them. And over there, on the other side, there was the napkin worn around the face, neatly folded. Nobody there.

And then, John goes in and he sees and he believes. But what do they believe? They believe exactly what Mary Magdalene has told them. “They have taken the Lord, our Master away.” That’s what they believe. They cannot understand and the world cannot understand that there was nobody there to take away.

I am the Resurrection,” the Master had said. The body that they think was put in the tomb was never put there. It didn’t have to come out of a tomb. It didn’t have to have its rate of vibration so increased that it could now disappear. “I am the Resurrection,” long before you tried to put me in a tomb.

And so, the startling conclusion is that there was no physical Jesus there to put in a tomb. Why? Because the Christ was all that was there and the Christ is not a physical body. Then what did they put in a tomb? And that’s where we have to really stop and take a long, hard look because that’s where you’re being shown that not only was there no Jesus to be put in a tomb, there was nobody there to put him in a tomb. There was no one to be buried and no one to bury him. There was no physical body on the earth. If there was one physical body on the earth, then God is not All. Spirit is not All.

To go all the way means to see that Jesus was not entombed. Jesus had died on the banks of the Jordan. He had died when he could say, “Thou seest me, thou seest the Father.” He had died when the dove descended. The very physical body of Jesus had been stepped out of and the body of the Spirit had been stepped into, all in one great, redeeming realization and it continued to walk the earth appearing to men’s minds as the form of Jesus, until the men’s minds buried the form in their own minds, in a tomb that existed in their own minds. You were looking at the complete, mortal dream and only one had stepped out of that dream.

To further understand that, on your five-day trip to New York, the reason you’re going there is because you know it’s there. You know that space is there, it’s called New York and you’re driving to it. Even if you had not gone there before, you know it’s there and it’s going to take you five days to get there but you’re not worried about it not being there when you arrive, even though it’s five days away.

And there’s a very strange assumption you make in that trip. You assume that you will have five days to do it, that that time which you have not yet experienced will come to you. You don’t question the fact that you will have the days, the time. But where is that time? It hasn’t arrived yet. How do you know there’ll be five days? Where is that time? It’s in your future and yet, you blithely accept it as a fact. You accept future time as normal, something you will be able to live in and then you go through that future time and lo and behold, it does appear and in those five days that appear, you finally arrive at this space that was always there.

Now Resurrection is telling us something like that. It’s saying that just as if there was space that you knew existed and you went to go over it and there’s time that you know will appear to give you the time to go to it, there is also an invisible Kingdom right here and it isn’t in the future. That space that exists before you go exists now and five days later, you would have covered space that existed before you started on your journey. The time that you think is in the future is already existent just as that space is already existent and the invisible Kingdom, the Infinity of it, the Allness of it, exists right now and Resurrection doesn’t mean that I’m going to become an immortal Being in the future for the immortal Self is a now fact that I must learn to live in and out of, not in the future of it but in the present of it. I’m not going to be resurrected. I am the Resurrection. I am that immortal Self now.

And, when Jesus accomplished this by stepping out of self into Self, out of mortal form illusion into Soul body, into Spiritual Selfhood, he also stepped out of the illusion that you could go across the country in five days. For him, there was no country anymore. He stepped out of the illusion of time and when you are living in your immortal Self, you’re in the nowness which has nothing to do with the illusion of space or the illusion of time.

In the illusion of space and in the illusion of time, there will be bodies to be buried and people to bury them because we’re all moving with that time. None of us have tomorrow yet. No one on this earth has tomorrow but everyone believes tomorrow will come. That’s because we’re all moving in the illusion of the one time.

Jesus stepped out of that illusion, into Christhood. When you step into Christhood, you’re not moving with the other illusions that take place and one of the greatest of those illusions is the illusion of matter. Just as we all move with the assumption that tomorrow’s time will come today, that future time will come into the present, so we move with the illusion that matter is a reality. And as long as you’re in the illusion that future time will come into the present, you’re going to move in the other illusions that are part of time; matter, motion, all physicality, all conditions, all good and all evil. All that is not God created moves with each of us in the one world mind, in the illusion of time, space and all it contains. And only when you are the living, Spiritual Self are you out of this moving illusion of time and space in which the images of the world are contained.

When Jesus was able to not die, he was revealing the presence of a realm which makes the realm in which men live, a different world than we had ever imagined. That’s why it is said, “We must preach the Gospel to the dead.” That’s why Paul says “To be carnally minded is to be dead.” That’s why Paul says, “When will we be taken out of this body of death?” That’s why Jesus teaches, “Raise the dead.”

Always, deadness and human life are one and the same. The moment we came into birth, incarnate in human flesh, we had entered the death. We have called it life by mistake. Knowing it as life, Resurrection means nothing to us, except maybe some future Heaven and it doesn’t work that way. We have to see mortality as not the creation of God. The word “death” is merely to describe it is not the creation of God; it is a world image. And all that it contains, the illusion of space and time, the illusion of growing up, the illusion of then giving away your life, all of that disappears when you know yourself to be the living Christ who needs no Resurrection for, I am the Resurrection. You stand on the nowness of Being and watch the clouds drift by.

Let’s take a look at this passage here (John 20:1) and see how beautifully the Spirit is trying to open us up to the meaning of living as the Christ or the resurrected Self.

The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre, and seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre.”

Now, that sepulchre or tomb means life on earth. That’s the symbol of it. It means the earthly life. It also means the human body. The stone taken away from it is this great big stone door that runs on grooves and they roll it through the grooves like a millstone and then they put these vast ropes across it and they fasten them to the tomb and they seal the ropes with wax. They want to be sure that nobody’s going in or out. They don’t want that body stolen because they’re afraid – at least the Sanhedrin’s afraid – that if the body is stolen, the world will think that Jesus is the Son of God or some kind of a great person. That’s the last thing they want. That was why they wanted him crucified. They didn’t want him to be a miracle man. And now they’ve got to be sure he’s not a miracle man and fasten that tomb so securely that nobody can get in. They want him dead. And the Romans have been asked to put extra soldiers around and they do that. Every precaution is taken. It’s impossible. You couldn’t bribe a Centurion to get in there. It would take quite a number of people to even open the door.

And of course, they’re all pawns of the Spirit to show us that there’s no way for a human being to go in or out.

But here comes this fallen creature, the adulteress, who by now, we know is well on the way to her total illumination. It was she who poured oil upon the Master. It’s a sign of the recognition of the Soul body. Next to Mary, she is the highest illumined on the earth.

But she is now alarmed. The body isn’t there. She runneth. She cometh to Simon Peter. “They have taken away the Lord … We know not where they have put him.” She thinks they have been, in some way, instrumental in removing that body and putting it somewhere. But you and I know that’s not what he’s teaching. That body which is the same body that was shown in Transfiguration, that body of Light, is not buried in that tomb. It never was. You couldn’t squeeze the Infinite Christ into a physical tomb. You can’t squeeze the Infinite Christ of your own Being into a sepulchre, into a physical body.

From this we are to find our Life elsewhere than in our physical bodies. We are to become conscious of the Life that is not in the physical body. We are to become conscious that this Life which is not in the physical body, which never was, is perfect and every situation that the physical body must meet, we have to first meet in the invisible Life which is revealed to us. As we meet these situations in the invisible Life first, then the outer body becomes an echo or reflection of that perfect, invisible Life and moves in the Grace and Harmony of the Father.

Stand ye fast.”

This situation is also described in Zachariah. The early part of the day when it was not yet dark, when it was still dark rather. This is a fulfillment of a prophecy of Zachariah. 14th chapter verses 6, 7 and 9.

It shall come to pass in that day, and the light shall not be clear, nor dark: But it shall be one day which shall be known to the Lord, not day, not night: but it shall come to pass, that at evening time it shall be light.”

This is a transitional state when just as you and I are discussing that we have no Divine Life in this physical body, that is the state of mind of Mary Magdalene. “They have taken away my Lord.” You don’t know where to go. You would blithely assume Christ is in your body. You assume that you were the Light of God in some way in this body. But this body is revealed here esoterically as the sepulchre. This physical body is the sepulchre that she’s looking into and the Lord isn’t there. There is no Divine Life in the human body. And there’s no other life than Divine Life.

Now, you’re coming face to face with the almost epical revelation of the Resurrection, that there’s no one living on earth in a human body. No one. But it isn’t yet day. We’re not in the full consciousness of the meaning of that. It’s still dark.

Zachariah was well aware of that. “And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem…. And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one.”

This transitional stage when you say, “They have taken my God away,” when you don’t know where to go; when you realize that there really is no Divine Life in a human form. Then you can go further and understand the linen grave clothes and the napkin.

So, Peter and John run and he, Peter, following John, they come to the tomb “And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the linen clothes lying; yet went he not in. And then cometh Simon Peter following [him, and] went into the sepulchre, and seeth the linen clothes lie.”

Now, these linen clothes were the symbol that Christ Jesus no longer wears physical clothes. This is a definite, inner experience you will undergo when the Soul is unwrapped; when you lay aside the garments of physical flesh in your consciousness. This is the linen clothes folded neatly on the side.

When you reach the conclusion, the understanding, the deeper revelation that only the mind wears a garment of flesh and the mind is not the mind of God, then you will transcend that mind and in your transcendental awareness you will know that you are setting aside the linen clothes.

You see, we are buried in and by bodies of flesh and the linen clothes that you set aside are the bodies of flesh which you realize do not contain Divine Life and therefore, you are not in those bodies of flesh.

And over here there’s a napkin, the same way. They put these originally on the corpses. Now, this corpse somehow folded the linen clothes and folded the napkin, put them in separate places and isn’t there. Again, the Spirit is revealing that the napkin, which covered the face, no longer covers the face. That is the sign that now, we see him face to face.

Lazarus had come forth from the tomb. He, too was in grave clothes and a napkin over his face and the Master said, “Loose him [and] let him go.” And only then, was the napkin removed. Christ in you removes the napkin from your face. Christ in you enables you to see him face to face. Christ in you, with the napkin removed, is the Christ mind; with the linen clothes removed is the Christ body.

When in your consciousness, you come out of the sepulchre, out of the sense that I have a mortal body, then the linen clothes, the grave clothes are removed. You are in the Christ body realized. The napkin is removed from the face. You are in the Christ mind realized and you are the Resurrection. This is an experience that must take place in our earthly experience before the grave.

I lay aside the linen clothes. I lay aside the napkin. I accept that I am the living Christ body and the living Christ mind now and no other. And though I have no full capacity to live in it knowledgeably, to release the totality of it, the fulness of it, as Zachariah said, “That day will come when the Lord is one.” But where do you begin? You must begin. You must start on this trip and then, not stop midway.

All the way means to step out of the body of flesh as a fact. It isn’t there. Out of the human mind that sees it as a fact because the human mind which sees the illusion must equally be an illusion. Take off the napkin.

This is a turning in consciousness. This is pausing to accept or reject. And when you accept, even the brief time lived in the awareness that this body of flesh here and that body of flesh there are but pathways on the road to the fullness of Being. We’re not to stop in them. We’re not to be content to make them better. Our function is to outgrow them, to come out of the tomb.

If you have tried to face individual problems of some kind, even physical ones, with the knowledge that you’re not in a body of flesh and therefore, the physical condition had nothing to do with You: if you’ve done this, you know that it is quite startling to see how you are separated from these pains. It’s very startling.

This developed Consciousness that I am not in the flesh and nothing in the flesh is mine and then to look over the earth which in the fullness is the invisible Spirit is to remove the concept of flesh everywhere: to look over the fields, to look at the rivers and the mountains and the forests and the grass and to know this is man’s concept of the invisible Spirit of God which is there and only the invisible Spirit of God is there is to bring you into the Oneness with Spirit everywhere. This is all part of coming into the Resurrection before the grave.

And then you find that it’s almost when problems break around you, sometimes it’s very hard for them to register on your awareness. You just don’t catch it as a problem. You catch it as some kind of false concept in the air. It registers with you quite differently than in your normal mortal consciousness. There it hits right into you and it sticks there and it wriggles around and demands attention.

But when you’re in the atmosphere of the resurrected Self, the ground is higher and these problems seem sometimes so far below you can hardly see them. They don’t make contact. They don’t have the urgency and strangely enough, they dissolve because they cannot penetrate the Self which is not in the flesh. There’s nothing left to feed these problems. And then, you know you have found a different level to live in.

Now, just to read about the Resurrection is nothing. The Resurrection is an experience that takes place within yourself and it’s a daily experience and it’s a continuing experience. And you know it’s happening when it’s happening. And through the continuous Resurrection within, you know you’re being reborn to that Self which can say, “Before Abraham was, before Adam and Eve was, I am.”

Somebody discovered just the other day that the world was at least 70 billion years old. That means Christ must be older than the 70 billion years because “Before the world was, I am.” You lose these tight, confining, finite idea of life which is actually death. There is no tight, confining idea called life. It is death. It’s the shadow that we live in as we look out of the mind that perceives what God did not create.

Then it says all the disciples or the three anyway, John and Peter, after they had looked and believed that Jesus had been taken from the tomb, they went home. And that means they went back to this consciousness, this mortal sense of life. The old consciousness was their home. They returned home.

He had told them, “[If you believe on me,] the works that I do, you shall do…. If a man believes on me, though he were dead, yet, shall he live.”

– End of Side One —-

If man believes on me, though he were mortal, yet shall he live.”

Always, when you find the dead burying the dead and you find that word “dead” in here, we’re being told that that is the nature of the human race. And it’s a false state of being.

Now, if you’d been present and seen the Master in the garden as Mary and if you had been sufficiently versed in his message to know the Truth, you would have known that before the crucifixion and before the Resurrection and after the crucifixion and after the Resurrection, Christ had not changed. Christ was the same before and after. All that had changed was in the world mind. And to this minute, Christ has not changed. Christ never changes. Christ is always the same. All that can change is the world mind in you or the consciousness of Truth in you.

When you know the unchanging Christ in you, the Resurrection becomes experience instead of words in a book and that Resurrection experience is what most of us are going through and have been going through for some time until we emerge into the pure Light and mortality is no longer a myth to baffle us, to frighten us, to deceive us.

I’m hopeful that today the Spirit of the Resurrection will dwell in every heart, that we can learn to accept within us the Truth that the I of our own Being is already the resurrected Self, free of the material world, independent of form and that we can learn to live in and accept that I resurrected Self, not as a future event but as the present Truth of Being that we are all joint heirs in I, the resurrected Self.

This is about our midway point and so we’ll meditate on this.

As we close our eyes, our function is to know that the Resurrection of Jesus Christ was the teaching that I, Spirit is my name. I am that Christ which was teaching Resurrection. Resurrection isn’t an event that happened in the past nor is it an event that will happen in the future. Resurrection is the revelation of the identity of mankind, that all I can ever be is the living Spirit of God.

It is the consciousness that must be resurrected so that my consciousness must be lifted out of its false beliefs. This is where I dwell.

Silence, (pause) …

Go into the tomb of body now. Enter your body. Look around. You will not find the Lord there. You will not find Christ in that body. Christ is the Life of God. Resurrection says, “I cannot continue to live in this body. Christ is not here.”

Resurrection says, “I am the Christ.” This body has no existence except in mortal mind. I’m living in a dream body and as long as I continue to, I will have only relationships with other dream forms.

I am an invisible body made of Infinite Spirit. I am going through this level of the world mind. I’m not going to stop here. I’m not going to be imprisoned, entombed in a body not created by God which does not contain his Life. I am stepping out of world concept. I am Divine Life itself and if I have any body, it must be a Divine body. It cannot be this mortal body. I am living in my invisible, Divine body now and this concept that the world sees is but a level of human consciousness, a mental image. I am proceeding beyond it.

I and the Father are one Life. One Life is revealed as the only Life there is and that Life can never be put into a tomb, can never be put into a grave, can never be put into a sepulchre. That Life has no beginning, that Life has no end and that Life, I truly am. To become conscious of that Life is my Resurrection. That is my life work, to become conscious of the Life that can never be entombed and that is your second birth. When you become conscious of that Life, you are reborn of the Spirit and the Word, not world mind, but the Word of God is made flesh.

Silence, (pause) …

Let us pause a moment now.

In the 9th verse of the 20th chapter, there’s a very important statement. John says, “For as yet they knew not the scripture, that he must rise again from the dead.”

Those who believe they’re living in mortal forms are the dead and they knew not the Scripture that he, Christ, must rise from the dead; that Christ must be realized in the consciousness of those who think they’re walking in mortal forms. This is the next step in all evolution of man on earth. And the importance of it is this: Scripture must be fulfilled.

You’ve noticed that the Scripture may be fulfilled is spoken always and always there’s an appearance that our response to a prophecy, that goes way, way back to either Isaiah or Ezekiel or Daniel or someone of that Spiritual Consciousness and then out here in the physical world it appears because Scripture must be fulfilled and the Scripture says, “If I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you.” But this I who goes away is your physical sense of self. If the personal I, goes not away, the Christ in you will not raise you from the tomb of mortality and Scripture must be fulfilled so you’re in conflict with the Spirit and the will of God unless you are cooperating. Unless you can say, “The Father worketh hitherto and I work,” whatever the Father’s will, is in me, I am doing and not putting roadblocks in the way or not ignoring, you’re in conflict with the very Spirit of your own Being.

And so again, Scripture says, “Sell all thou hast.” All. That means every concept that is in conflict with Scripture must be sold or put aside. Every belief that we have is part of all that we have until you’re willing to accept that only what the Father gives me, do I have and what the Father does not give me, I do not have. Then, you have sold “all that thou hast.”

The Scripture in you that must be fulfilled is that you “Be [ye therefore] perfect [even]as your Father,” and therefore the one Divine Life is revealed as your Life now. That one, Divine Life is not going to be resurrected. Christ has always been alive.

I am the Resurrection,” says Christ and by believing that the Resurrection could be resurrected, religion has lost its way. By not knowing the identity of he who says “I am the Resurrection” as the indwelling Spirit of every man, religion has missed the point. I in you must be accepted and you must pass beyond the mental acceptance. Christ in you must be raised from the dead sense of a material being.

And now, then, we’re interested then in the Christ experience which is the Resurrection experience and you’ll notice that nobody goes into the tomb as a group. Each goes in individually. You are faced with the necessity for meeting this in your own individual consciousness and there’s no one who’s going to do it with you in that consciousness. You either are going to accept that I, in the midst of you am the risen Christ or you are going to continue to believe that in some way, God created mortal, material beings and then you’re going to be watching the heartbeat and the pulse beat and the temperature and the blood pressure thinking these are an indication of whether you’re healthy or not.

In the midst of you at this moment is the meaning that Christ where you stand is all that is there, that there is no mortal being there, that there is no physical body there and this was true of your mother. And this was true of your father. And we discover that Resurrection tells us that parents aren’t parents as we have known them to be and children aren’t children as we have known them to be and people aren’t people as we have known them to be. And we’re alone when we come to this realization. There’s nobody to hold us up. This is the single narrow pathway that you walk through. And until you are ready to banish the material concept of the world and walk this path, you are rejecting Christhood. That’s fine if you just want to get to Chicago. But this class is whittled down to those who want to go all the way and all the way means out of humanhood.

Then Christ will walk through the wall of your consciousness and enter the room which is the room where you are waiting on the Lord, where you are in the Sabbath of the mind and you will be lifted to that Sabbath which is called the eternal Sabbath and you will learn how to go through the mystic death. The mystic death takes you to that place where you have reached the level of Consciousness which no longer is earthbound, finite, material, mortal, living in space, living in time, living in any form of lack or limitation. You are pure, Spiritual Consciousness realized. And that has nothing to do with a mortal person. That Spiritual Consciousness never needs Resurrection. It is the Resurrection. That Spiritual Consciousness is the only Self we can ever be.

And so, the Master says, “My peace passeth understanding” because Resurrection revealed, takes us beyond all of the known methods of living, beyond the emotional, beyond the mental, beyond the physical, beyond the rational. It takes us into a realm of Spirit. Where all of our normal reactions are absent. Where nothing that we can quite comprehend is taking place. We’re in a different atmosphere.

Mary was in that atmosphere for a while. It was then that she was able to bring forth that image which would be the leader of mankind. She was out of the way. She was not in the sense of matter or materiality or mortality or humanhood. She was dwelling in the Spirit of her own Being as a pure Soul. Unless you have the experience of being a pure Soul, there is still a dual you, another self that isn’t and you will experience that other self, you’ll be lingering in the midway mark, unwilling to walk into the tomb and make the great discovery that the tomb only exists in the mind of the world.

Father, forgive them; [for] they know not what they do.”

The word “forgive” also means erase. You are being told to erase from your consciousness the belief that they are out there external to your Self. You are truly the one, Divine Self. There are no divisions in your Being between you and someone else. You can never come to that place while you still inhabit a mortal form in your consciousness.

Now, suppose you were to take this as your assignment for this week. Not to dwell in the consciousness that I am not a mortal being for 24 consecutive hours, but to establish 2 meditations a day, every day in which this becomes the purpose of your meditation. I am not a mortal being. I am that Life which exists before Adam and Eve, that Life which was always living and ever will live. I am the Resurrection. I am the One that is the Only. I am not a passing self in a passing form.

Now if you make this the subject of your contemplation to be followed by the Sabbath of the mind, the Silence, you will be lifted by the very Spirit itself. And then if you make that your second meditation of the day, and repeat this spontaneously, without any formula so that twice a day for six or, seven days or whatever it’s going to be until we meet again, you are prepared for five to ten minutes, twice a day, resting in the awareness of who you are and then signing off the mind so that the inner Spirit can establish its identity in your consciousness. You will at least be trying to accept the meaning of Resurrection not as words in a book or as an event in history but as the living experience that every Self must come through until it knows its self to be the only Self, the One, Infinite Self.

This is our real Resurrection, the experience that I am the One Self and beside me there is no other. My Self is walking this earth everywhere, appearing as the forms that I see. I am that invisible Self. I am the Life of everything that moves and the Life of everything that is still. I am the Life of inanimate objects. I am the Life of every form. I am the Self behind every visible condition. I am the Resurrection. I am the living Kingdom of God on earth.

This is the nature of your meditation twice a day and I know it will lift you. It will teach you. It will open you and you will be fulfilling Scripture to that extent.

The great work we have ahead of us is the announcement within by the Spirit itself that “I am come.” And it will say this to you many times, at many intervals but it is always saying this to you and the times that you hear it will be when you rise to these higher levels of self-awareness to bring into consciousness That which is always present saying, “I am come.”

Forgive the world. Erase from your consciousness all that you thought was happening. “Sell all [that] thou hast,” and listen for “I, in the midst of you,” for “I am the Resurrection and the Life,” and “I am the Way,” and “I am the seventh Heaven,” and “I will feed you Spiritual bread.”

Then we will find that Christmas day for us will be that moment when the new substance of Spirit which was ever present is born in us again, reuniting us with our eternal Self. That will be the moment of Bethany, the House of Substance when the living bread of the Spirit in you becomes your awareness that I am the living Christ, the Infinite Christ. This will be our Resurrection and it will continue and continue and continue until that moment called Christmas, Christ born in you, becomes a Reality.

That Resurrection means all incarnation is over for the second birth is the end of reincarnation. When the true Self is realized, your mission on earth is nearing its close. You can stay. You can continue to fulfill the mission of the Light. You can even return, if you wish, as you know, but learning the lesson that I am the Light of God on earth is what you’re here for. And when you live in it knowingly, you will find that you are a pillar in the temple of the Father and you go no more out. That’s what we’ve all been preparing for and it’s worth many, many seeming problems on the way. It’s even worth a few tragedies because in the moment of illumination, you will see that every tragedy was an illusion. All that is present is the Presence. All that is present is the eternal perfection of Being. There is nothing else present.

In your Resurrection experience you can say, “Thou seest me, thou seest the Father. We are One.”

And so, this is the way we face our real Christmas. Christ in you born through the Willingness, the Love, the Faith to release mortal sense. Not half way. That’s “Selling all [that] thou hast.”

I assure you it is lonely and yet, Infinity has a way of bringing to you many glorious surprises once that tinge of loneliness is overcome for in the fullness the loneliness disappears. And again, and again and again you’re raised back to that fullness until it is sealed. You have no way of knowing how short the time may be – nor have I – for the new age is very closely upon us. We’re learning about what we had thought was our individual Resurrection but we’re really not. It’s the Resurrection of the world.

And that Resurrection of the world is just as close as the Resurrection in your consciousness is. You are playing that role in the Resurrection of this world out of the false sense of corporeality into My Kingdom, realized.

Our theme will continue to be the 20th chapter, Jesus walking through the wall, Thomas being converted, but all of this will be a further heightening of our own Resurrection experience and from there, in the mystical interval between Resurrection and Ascension to see the difference between the two.

And finally, from that strength to stand in world work, so that perhaps when we meditate here about the earthquake we know can’t occur, we can include Nicaragua and not limit our consciousness to that place where we stand physically. Always, we’ll be learning that we must dwell in the conscious awareness that the carnal mind of the world is the only adversary. And never localize down to a head cold or a pain in the arm. And if you remember in our meditation on the earthquake, that’s where we were. I would call that my error. But we learn by these errors.

And so, before we disband which will be – let’s see we have three more classes in this series – we must learn to be more omnipresent in our consciousness when we do our world work.

Now while you’re accepting, “I am the Resurrection,” that Omnipresent Consciousness that you must be in must accept that I am the Infinite Resurrection. You can’t localize down to Resurrection on the place where your feet are. I am the Infinite Resurrection. My Self is the only Self in this entire Spiritual universe. I am the One, Infinite Spirit. That’s quite a jump out of being mortal matter for all these years.

So, make that your meditation and be prepared through your reading of the 20th chapter of John to go into some interesting details about the Spiritual nature of that chapter. It would help if you have read it because then you will find you have a deeper capacity to hear what Spirit wishes to reveal.

Maybe this is a good time to say, “Thank you,” to so many of you or maybe that can come next week. But I do want you to know how grateful we are here that we can share these beautiful Truths together and that in some way, your response to the inner Spirit of your own Being has made this possible. It has been a very moving year for me, more so because we have seen great changes in the students who have worked with us. We have been invited to share with them their living experiences and we know that the Spirit has definitely made a great entrance into the consciousness of our group. From that point of view, we are deeply grateful.

To all of you, a very joyous Christmas. Thank you.

Can’t help but comment today on the many smiles we’ve noticed. It’s supposed to be a dreary day but it’s hard to prove it just looking around at the happy faces. In fact, this is one of those classes that in some way is almost finished before it begins. There’s a real feeling that we have all brought with us a very special consciousness which permeates all around us.

We want to look at the chapter which we began last week, “Lifting up the I.” The first thing we want to look at is a very unusual statement made by Joel. It’s almost a statement which is so complete in itself yet, when it is understood, you have the complete and total secret of the nature of error.

I think it could begin right here on page 189. Joel says, “Through conscious realization, we must establish the truth of our oneness with God, our oneness with spiritual perfection.”

We’re going to assume now that we have established this to a degree so that at least we know that this is the nature of our Being. We may not be able to demonstrate it a hundred percent of the time or even perhaps twenty percent of the time but we know we are Spirit, one with the Father, one with each other as one Self.

And so, this has to be established before we can go further with his next statement. “Then from there on, we are not dealing with persons or conditions: we are dealing only with the world of appearances or illusion.”

Now, here is the important phrase, “The illusion in one place may be a lake, the illusion in another may be a city, but it is all illusion, and the substance of an illusion is nothingness, whether it appears as a lake or a city. The substance of illusion is the same, whether it appears as a cold, a headache, a cancer, tuberculosis, a broken bone, poverty, or unemployment. It is always nothingness, the ‘arm of flesh,’ appearance. And behind it is the activity of a universal malpractice or hypnotism, produced by the universal belief in two powers.”

Now then, the big statement is that this illusion on the left and that illusion on the right and the third illusion up there and the fourth illusion down here are all one and the same illusion so that if in the office, everybody is saying “There’s going to be an earthquake at 9 pm or 9 am on January 4th,” that’s one illusion but it’s no different than the illusion on the other side which says, “I have a head cold.” They’re both the same illusion. And if you come across someone beating a dog and your heart bleeds for the dog, you’re trapped into an acceptance of the third illusion which is still the same illusion. The cold in the head, the beaten dog, the earthquake are one illusion.

And so, Joel’s statement is that when you learn the nature of one illusion, you’ve learned the nature of all illusion and then the alertness to the universal illusion is a path to freedom.

So, let’s look at the three human type illusions which we see as three separate illusions when they’re really one. The earthquake, the beaten dog and the head cold.

We know that God has not created earthquakes. We know that God is not standing by watching people beat dogs and we know that God didn’t give anybody a head cold. And if we have perfect faith in a perfect God, something happens in us. It’s like putting starch in the collar of a shirt. Something starches up your awareness so that you can stand without being moved out of position. You think with a sense of conviction. There is a lucidity in your thought as if it were coming from another level and you find suddenly, you can understand the nature of illusion as something which normally persuades you to accept it as a reality. The talk is hot and heavy and the fear jumps and the next thing you know, all of your teaching is out the window. All you can think of is where can I put this body if that earthquake comes or the head cold is there and you’re angry at yourself because you’re supposed to have known better. But here it is and then you can’t help but wince when you see somebody lash that dog. You want to tear it out of his hands. You want to cradle the dog. You want to stroke it. In all cases, this is material sense presenting different pictures to the one who is not alert to Reality.

Now, let’s go back to our perfect Reality. Let’s see that the real problem begins long before the physical birth. Infinity is so vast. There’s no way that it can present Itself to the finite mind. And so, Infinity presents itself to the finite mind through many veils, through many segments; so vast that in one lifetime, you can only get a little bite out of a big apple. And so, you see Infinity but don’t know you’re looking at it. You see a little portion in one lifespan and another portion and another portion and then another. And every time you look out, you think you’re seeing what’s there because the human mind has no capacity to see Infinity.

And so, right at the start, we’re pressured into an illusion. We cannot see any further than our human eyes can see and they cannot see the wholeness that is present. And so, with our other senses, we’re limited again and again and again and we learn finally, that these limitations are not limitations at all unless they’re accepted as senses which convey to us reality. When you know they have no capacity to convey reality, then you are lifting yourself above the sense of sight and sound and touch, knowing that always, Infinity is present. And finally, you know that you’re in what may be called the fourth level or the fourth world. And because you’re in the fourth world, looking at Infinity, you find that you are to be lifted up to three more levels.

Into this fourth world comes a Light, always present but there is one to receive it and so, Jesus becomes Christ. And now, you have a higher level made manifest in the fourth level and it comes to show us that there is a way to a higher level, a fifth level, a sixth and a seventh. The seventh being the eternal Sabbath or rest in which you live in Reality, without seeing fractions of Infinity but live in Infinity itself.

And this Light, made manifest as the Christ Jesus, now gives us a perfect preview of what happens when you are willing to place your perfect faith in the Father knowing that Reality is perfect and present. It does not create bodies of flesh that die. It does not envelop these bodies of flesh in earthquakes. It does not give them head colds. It does not beat them or beat animals and it is always present.

You begin to see that there is a universal illusion and that its presence is there for a purpose, to help us develop perfect faith. Our perfect faith accepts the perfection that is present and looks through every form of that universal illusion, even to the point of looking through all that is material until we see that the nature of the universal illusion is to create a fourth world and our Soul, hungry for union with its Source, is taking us forever, leading us, guiding us, driving us to find that union with Source, which lifts us beyond the false sense of power that exists in the fourth world.

And so, we follow that Light which was made manifest. We saw One who could walk through the fourth world untouched and we try to cognize the secrets that enabled him to do so. And one is, we discover, he learned that he was not present in a material body. He learned that there were no material conditions; that there were no material objects; that all that was present was the invisible Light.

And he discovered a carnal mind, a universal sense of the fourth world which re-interpreted the Light into the appearance of form called matter and that all belief in matter emanates from this carnal mind and that all belief in the evil of matter emanates from this carnal mind; all belief in the goodness of matter emanates from this carnal mind; and that this carnal mind which recreates the Light into an appearance called the fourth world, is a universal illusion itself and that only through stepping out of the effects of that world illusion could we receive that Light which guides us through the fourth world, lifting us into the fifth.

And so, that is what our work consists of. It is learning how to express the Light by stepping aside from that which the carnal mind places before us as a world of material form. To express the Light is to express the invisibility of God into this fourth level. When we look at Jesus healing, we see that he never was dealing with physical forms. He learned that the secret was to stand in the Light of his own Being as an Infinite Self and to let the Light reveal itself where the world saw material being.

This might be a good time to see that there are seven levels of body. In each world there is another level of body and in the fourth world, that level of body is a human body, for us. But it isn’t a human body in the fifth level or the sixth or the seventh. The human body is the world appearance, we assume, only at this level of consciousness.

And so, as the Master did, in perfect faith, we accept the body of Light as the only Body and we can look at the body of flesh into which we have journeyed in the fourth level as a temporary condition imposed upon us only by the universal belief in material bodies. And we begin to lift ourselves simply by stepping aside from material sense. We do not deal with physical bodies or physical conditions. We step aside and by stepping aside, is meant we step out of the belief of the mind that physical form is present in any way. We cannot bleed for the beaten dog. We cannot fear for the earthquake. We cannot be angry at ourselves for having the head cold. We learn that we must step aside from this human sense of things; that we must take a Sabbath from mortality.

And as we step aside, as we find the capacity to find a Soul center, instead of a five-sense chilling fear, there is a quickening and that’s when the system begins to see the miracle of that which we had feared dissolving right before us. This quickening is the oil of the Soul, the Soul substance forming Itself in your consciousness and it releases us from the illusion of the world.

And most of us, when we have attempted to heal ourselves or another, have been trapped in quite a number of ways and the one way to finally get out of all of the traps is to not try to heal that condition or that person but to recognize that you’re dealing with a universal belief.

Now, you may want to get rid of your head cold but the best way not to get rid of it is to try to treat it as a head cold. You may want to remove the fear of the earthquake but the best way not to remove the fear is to keep thinking you’re going to, in some way, eliminate that earthquake. What we’re getting at is that there’s no earthquake to eliminate and there is no head cold to get rid of. If you’ve gone that far that you think you’ve got to get rid of the head cold, or protect against the earthquake, then you have not caught the idea that a universal illusion is not something you try to get rid of and you don’t try to get rid of it where you stand. Once you localize that illusion and think you’re trying to get rid of it where you stand, you find your efforts are thwarted.

What we want to learn today is that we meet the illusion on its universal level, not on its local level. When you meet it on the local level, you’re not ready for the greater works. You’ve got to meet it on its universal level.

And so, if we were to meet the earthquake, we would not meet it as an earthquake in this area of California. We would meet it as, “The earth is the Lord’s and the fulness thereof” and we would have to know that the earthquake is an impossibility in God’s Spiritual Kingdom. We don’t have to determine where it might strike or when it might strike. We have to determine the Truth not the nature of the illusion or the nature of the lie. And if we know the Truth, this knowing will be that God, being Spirit, being All, is not material and that matter has no existence in God.

There is no matter to quake. That earthquake is going to be a mental idea before it ever seems to be a physical tremor and when there is a receptivity to the carnal mind which says “It’s possible that there is a material world and that it can quake,” then that individual is part of the group illusion, the group unawareness of the Allness of Spirit. God is not in the whirlwind. God is not in the earthquake, meaning Spirit is not in matter.

Now, the importance of knowing that Spirit is not in matter about an earthquake or about a head cold ultimately takes you to a more important knowing; that when you know Spirit is not in matter, you know that Spirit does not die. When you’ve solved the illusion of earthquake, you’ve also solved the illusion of death. In fact, when you solve any one form of the illusion, you’ve solved all illusion. It only appears to human sense that some are bigger than others. The earthquake is no bigger than the head cold because they’re the same illusion.

Now, we’re going to be prepared before our series is over – before this, before the next four classes – we’re going to be prepared to be able to participate in world work effectively. And our participation will be on the basis of knowing that where the world appears to be, my Spirit is and we’re going to know that well enough so that whatever occurs in our communities or in any part of the world, that is brought to our attention, can be met not as a local event but as a universal lie, a universal nothingness so that you don’t meet a head cold in your head. You meet it as a universal lie and then, not only will your head cold disappear, but many others and you will not even know who has benefitted by your work. But that is the reason for the lie coming to you, for you to stand in the Light, not just to release yourself but to see always the universal nature of the lie and then you become a permanent Light working in world work all the time. It doesn’t matter what illusion touches you, you remove the belief in the universal nature of that lie, not the local nature of it alone. And you’ll find suddenly, you have discovered deep wellsprings of power.

Now, there has been much talk and some fear has been expressed to me about this earthquake because it seems to be prognostication time again. And so, the experts have set us down for 9 am on January 4th. And I think this would be a good time for us to begin our world work. It’s getting ahead of the next chapter but we’ll call this a tune-up.

We have here then a condition in which world belief is that God, in some way, is either absent or permissive or impotent. And so, all we have to do is to ask ourselves one question: do we believe in the omnipotence of God or do we not?

Now, if you don’t believe in the omnipotence of God, then more than an earthquake can terrorize you but if you begin to accept omnipotence as a fact, then all that remains is, how can you and that fact become one? In other words, how can you in this fourth level of the world extend your awareness into a higher level so that you are not a separate human being in a separate human body but are One with the very power of God. For when you are One with the power of God, then all that appears to be the power of an earthquake is rendered null and void.

So, this is an excellent opportunity for us to take a second look at what may be called a Divine blueprint. What are we here for? Humanhood has been thought to be the nature of our Being and we were always seeking human ways to make a better humanhood. But now, let’s look at humanhood as a seed that we have to plant something while we’re here, something that takes root in God and lifts us beyond the appearance of humanhood so that as the seed of our Being takes root in a higher level, let’s say just the fifth level, the activity of Christ begins to function more noticeably in our experience lifting us, dissolving mortal sense, material sense, limited sense, finite sense, belief in good and evil, belief in the powers of evil. Finally, this Light within from the fifth level establishes Itself as the very Light of our Being.

Now, we can see that where the man Jesus became aware of the Light called Christ, that was evidence that this everywhere Light is the Light of us waiting for our acceptance and as we accept it, as we learn it is present where we are, that it is alive, that Christ is always living, that wherever God is, Christ is, then we accept God is where I am and wherever God is, Christ is, Christ must be where I am.

We’re beginning to take root in the Light of Being. The human seed is dissolving, personal sense is stepping away. We’re taking root in Christ here, where I am and we find that as we become more aware that God is here as the living Christ that I am, we begin to get a knowledge that I cannot be in a mortal body because Christ is not in a mortal body. Christ here is in an immortal body. Christ here is in a Spiritual body and Christ here I am, the root in the fifth level, dissolves the false beliefs in the fourth level. The human mind, which is controlled by the universal, carnal mind ceases to accept the beliefs of its false father.

I learned that one of my great secrets is never to deny that I am the Light of God, never to deny that I am the Spirit, never to deny that I am the Christ, never to deny that you are the Christ, the Light, the Spirit, never to deny that anyone on earth is.

In other words, fidelity to identity deepens the root and it begins to sprout. The fifth level begins to feed you the oil, the substance and soon the living will of God begins to move you and there’s a great secret there. When carnal mind moves you through your human mind, you’re in the carnal will and it moves your physical form. When Divine will moves you, it moves your Spiritual form and so, the Divine will functioning in you moves your Spiritual form in God ordained acts and then they appear in the fourth level as the movements of your physical form. Without that step, without the Divine ordination coming from the higher level of Divine will, all that moves your physical form is carnal mind without any connection whatsoever to true Being. You walk through an entire mortal lifespan completely outside of Reality but when the deeper root of Divine will moves through you, that which moves your physical form, the carnal mind, is without power completely. Your acts are ordained.

And now, you can discover that where you are walking under Divine will, under the awareness of Spiritual Self, there can be no earthquake. It is impossible. There can be no head cold. There can be no pain. There can be no limitation. There can be no lack. The oil of the substance is forming itself from the higher level and the miracle of a Jesus Christ is happening in your own Being. The very Light shown through Jesus is shining through you. You’re dissolving mortal sense and the fifth world is beginning to open its doors.

The I is being lifted and the I is doing the lifting Itself. The Light that came through Jesus was the death of mortality and the birth of Christ. The Light that comes through you is the death of mortality and the birth of Christ. A new mind, the Christ mind, replaces the human mind just as Jesus was replaced by Christ. As the false self falls away, Christ takes over as your Being. You discover that everything you’ve been doing has been a preparation for Christ in you to take over. You are opening your consciousness to the One, that Christ may take over and lead you into the fifth, the sixth, the seventh levels of consciousness, out of this world, out of good humanhood and bad humanhood, out of the carnal mind illusion called humanhood, out of carnal mind itself into the purity of Being. This is a Spiritual transfusion that takes place and sometimes very quickly. The quickening shows you that you’re in a new level of thought.

And now, there is no illusion on the face of the earth regardless of its form or its nature that can hypnotize the Christ of your Being. To deny Selfhood is to accept an earthquake. To deny Selfhood is to accept the head cold. Even when it’s there, it isn’t there. Even when the earth trembles, it doesn’t tremble. These are cosmic suggestions. You can have the head cold visibly and physically feel it but it isn’t there. And when you know it isn’t there, you’re being faithful to identity, through the sniffles, through the wet Kleenex. It isn’t there because God didn’t create it because there is no material universe, because there is only the body of Light. And in your fidelity to this identity, which is I, the Light, which expressed through Jesus, which is expressing through you, you find you’re lifted to a place where you’re ready for the greater work. And those greater works cannot be anticipated but they come whenever you have been able to discard the belief that God could be present where evil appears to be or that God could countenance evil or that God could create evil or that God could be impotent in the face of evil.

All of those beliefs are the belief that God is not where you stand, that you are something separate and apart from God Self and as long as you rest in that false belief, then the whole world of illusion appears to you as separate, different conditions of human form and material form and you’re a complete, vulnerable subject for all of the so-called evil on earth. A change of thought, a change of identity, an acceptance through perfect faith that the words of the Father are true, that God is your Father, that you are the Child, you are the Spirit, you are the Light, you are the Life and that quickening process begins.

Of course, you can see the earthquake then in its true Light. A large group of people aware only of the material universe, separated from their own individual identity, unaware of the Light of Christ, walking the earth in bodies of clay, in material senses: they are victimized by the carnal mind of the world. They have no defense. The carnal mind functions the human mind. It controls it. It enslaves it and through that human mind, it projects its concepts.

Once we’re caught up in it, it’s difficult to see our way through but when we are in identity, when we know who we are, when we practice living in and as that which we’re told by the Father we are, the Child of God, the Son of God, what right have we to say, “I, the Son of God, can be hurt by an earthquake.” The contradiction is so obvious then. The acceptance of the earthquake was the denial that you are the Child of God. Not living with the knowledge that I am the Son of God, we succumb to all the suggestions around us.

Now, Joel has taught us that there is one illusion and so, we don’t have to try to figure out, “What about this? Is this of the carnal mind and what about that?” This world is of the carnal mind and in our work, we must come to that conclusion which states that nothing in this world is created by God; nothing in this world. There is nothing in this world that is not created by the carnal mind. It is a complete carnal mind creation; all of it, because it is the fourth world, the fourth level and only when you let your human sense of self be a seed and rooted in God which is identity everywhere will you find relief from the fifth level taking you up above the cosmic illusion called world.

If you start making exceptions thinking this is not of the carnal mind but that is because this is good and that isn’t, you’re wrong. This world is the carnal mind made visible and all evil that exists in this world exists only in the carnal mind that projects the evil. It has no rise in God, no law to sustain it and when we live in this world, we’re not living under Divine law.

Now, that doesn’t mean when the dog is beaten, you don’t want to help the dog. It doesn’t mean you don’t try to get rid of the head cold. It means that you add your new dimension always. That dimension from which you live, the dimension which is invisible, which is Light. That Light made visible through Jesus Christ as a force. That Light is the Light of your Being. And when you accept it, then I, the Light and the Infinite Father are One and there is no power needed anymore. The knowing of that Truth consciously is the Power. It does all the work. If you know that I am the Light which is one with the Infinite, you cannot now turn around and expect an earthquake in the Infinite life and so, you’re standing on the knowledge of what you are with a need for no power whatsoever: for what you are, is the only Power. And when you experience that it really is, you’ll see why to know the Truth is sufficient.

Sometimes you’ll think you know the Truth and you’ll be dismayed to find that something happens which you thought might not happen because you thought you knew the Truth. And that’s because your knowing of the Truth is simply mental. It isn’t the Consciousness of Truth, the Spirit of Truth. It hasn’t been lived in long enough to take root so that you have perfect Faith.

Now, most of us by now can heal things but fear will always crop in and the reason it does is because it is alerting us to the fact that our consciousness is still in a semi sense of separation. You couldn’t feel that where I am, God walks and have fear. And so, there is still that unawareness of the presence of God where you are. Not practicing the Presence, is practicing the absence and carnal mind is very quick to find all of the gaps in your consciousness and then you’re forced into a false sense of separation and before you know it, here comes the tidal wave.

Now, in our world work, we’re going to look out upon the world not to improve it or to heal it because that’s part of the trap of the carnal mind. The minute it gets you to want to heal something, you’ve been trapped into accepting something that exists which is not the Spirit of God. When we do our world work then – and we’ve had now many years of preparation for it – it will not be to improve the world because that would be the trap. That’s what carnal mind always wants to force you to do. But rather, you’re to know the Spiritual nature of what is present where the world appears to be. You’re really to discover your Self everywhere in your world work. We won’t be praying that God remove a condition from the world like war or that God takes away the flood from the Gulf of Mexico or that God prevents certain conditions or that God empties out a hospital ward.

Rather, we will be knowing first, that where I stand, is the Light of God. Without that as a beginning, you have no fulcrum. You have nothing to tie onto. You can’t just have a God out there. You must begin in the hereness of your own Being. Where I stand is the Light of God and no other.

If you’re going to do successful world work, it’s going to be by beginning at that level. Where you stand is the Light of God. This is a 24-hour Truth and if you practice that truth no matter what you do, you’ll find it takes root until your conviction is fully established and then you aren’t forced to use words to drive home the point. You find that you have that total conviction. It needs no verbal reinforcement.

Where you are is the Light of God. Why? Because the Child of God is the Light of God. Where God is, the Light of God is and the Light of God is where you are because God is there. That Light, you are. As this deepens, you are one with the Light everywhere in your Consciousness. Now you, in the Light, as the Light, one with the Light everywhere can find nothing in the Infinite Light of your Being except the Light and that’s your Consciousness: living Light where you stand, connected to everywhere Light so that all is the one Light.

I and the Father are one…. I am the Light of the world.” Where the world appears, there is no world. There is only I, the Light. I am the Light where the world appears. This becomes your awareness.

Now, you stand in that and whatever comes into carnal mind, into human mind to present to you a suggestion that you are not the Light where you are, which is one with the Light everywhere, you look at this suggestion and you find there’s no place for it to take root. It comes into the Consciousness which cannot accept it. This is the Consciousness of Light which is too pure to be defiled, too pure to behold iniquity. Nothing can enter to defile it or make a lie. You don’t need any power. You don’t need any statements. You have this daily building of the Consciousness of the Light here is the Light everywhere and nothing else exists. And through this Light, the power of the Light dispels the false presumed power of the darkness.

The earthquake’s lines are unwrinkled. The floods are dried up. The diseases are dissolved. You stand in that Truth. You don’t go out to dissolve those diseases or to repair fences or to raise the dead. You stand in the Light of your own Being knowing that Light is everywhere. One Light and let the Light do its own revealing. That’s the kind of way in which we will do our world work.

And then, one day, when we’re in different parts of the world and not grouped together here in a room, you’ll find we’re still doing our world work so that you are doing it in one city and someone else in another. And whatever comes to your attention in your particular area, you meet the same way and you’re doing world work because you’re never meeting it as a local situation. You’re meeting it by knowing the Light I am is the Light everywhere and it needs no further power other than to know the Truth. The Light I am here, is the Light everywhere and this becomes a law unto you. All karmic law is broken. Your Soul is finding conscious Oneness with its Source and all of the patient years of mortality are finally bearing fruit as the Soul is now lifting you to the next level of Consciousness, the fifth level in which the Light that you are dispels the total darkness of the fourth world.

Lifting the I, the rising Christ of your own Being, lifts you out of this world and when Jesus was lifted out of this world that way, his form still appeared in the world. They now saw a fifth level form in the fourth level. Your form will continue to appear in this world. Don’t expect to disappear, but you will find that your form in the visible is now working as an outward appearance in conjunction with a new, invisible form. That one is the outer expression of the Inner and your form isn’t taking orders from the carnal mind of the universe. It doesn’t get a cold just because everybody else does. You find your mind is replaced. It doesn’t fear. You find that the false goals of humanhood do not tempt you anymore. Your goals are totally different. They are simply to be faithful to let the outer serve the Inner. Your perfect Faith says to you, “I have no personal goals.” The Light is complete. The Light is whole. The Light is not lacking. The Light isn’t trying to become. The Light accepts that it already is.

And so, if you find yourself striving to become, you’re caught in the trap of the carnal mind, trying to be a better or more successful human, and the temptation of the world mind is functioning in you only because you are still rebelling against identity. If you find you’ve still got that yen for success or for greater comforts in the world or for some kind of personal improvement, you’re still under the hypnosis that you are not the Light.

Seek ye first the Light which is the Kingdom.”

Now, this is a going away from the world, not a better human way. This is the meekness which is the strength: the great disguise for strength is the meekness unto the Spirit. All of this world is an illusion, for right where this world appears to be, is the Light of Being. And as you walk in that Light consciously, you will find you are being lifted to new levels of consciousness which will culminate in the seventh level, the level of full awareness of a permanent Self, a permanent Life as the pure Spirit of God.

If we’re not in our daily Divinity, we’re in daily karma. Whenever you step out of Divinity, you’re stepping into karma. Whenever you step into Divinity, you are crossing out karma. And that is the reason this carnal mind of the world is here.

We’ve never questioned that we grow up from children. We don’t say, “Why wasn’t I born an adult?” We do question and say, “Why wasn’t I born as a perfect Spirit of God then if that’s what I am. What’s the sense of all this illusion? Why don’t we just start right out with all of it.” Well, then you’d have to say, “Why do we ever get born as children at all? Why don’t we just start out as perfect adults?”

Infinity is too vast. You must let your Soul continue its journey through Infinity and at the present level of our journey, we’re in that mortal sense of the world carnal mind. And we’re being lifted out of it by fidelity to the Light of my own Being where I stand. Whoever holds on to the Light of their Being will find that the Light is the way. It will illuminate you.

Now then, you’ll still have head colds. You’ll still have fears. You’ll still find things go wrong. You’ll find you’re still disturbed, you’re still resentful but these diminish and diminish and then the head cold that you have doesn’t last the whole week. You manage to shake it a little quicker than someone else. The fears diminish. The disturbances diminish. We begin to see the utter nothingness of our human resentments.

More and more and more, we’re lifted into the perfect Love of the perfect Father. Don’t ever be ashamed of your difficulties in this work. They only happen because they’re necessary. They’re necessary for you to know that that difficulty is there because you are not standing as the Light. You are rejecting fatherhood of God, identity as the Light of the Father. Make the adjustment. Accept yourself and know that this Light that you are is one with the eternal Light, the Infinite Light and all of that Light, the Infinite, eternal Light is right where you are, always.

Nothing is impossible unto it. It is functioning and carnal mind finds that you are now no stranger to the Light, it cannot manipulate you. Mankind is stopped at this human level but we go beyond it. We do not stop at it and it is our function not only to lift ourselves out of it but to lift the world with us. We are to lift the world out of its humanhood. We may not hide our Light under a bushel.

The same Light that Christ says to you, “You are the Light” you inwardly are saying to your neighbor, “And ye are the Light.” There’s no victim there. The victim is the illusion of the carnal mind. Right where the victim appears to be, you recognize the invisible Light of your own Being. Place your own invisible Light wherever the world presents an illusion, until you have one, Infinite, homogenized, perfect Light everywhere. And you will be led. This is the bread of the Father instead of the bread of this world. This is the Spirit of the Father instead of the might and power of this world. This is the meekness.

Suddenly, you know this power of the Father has always been present. It was never absent. You know the world suffers only from its illusions and you are standing above the illusions of the world. You are ready to be a Spiritual worker in the Father’s Kingdom.

– End of Side One —-

You have substance, the bread of Life, the very Light itself flowing as your own identity everywhere.

It takes a great deal of courage to stand in the face of something that you fear and to stand on it knowing I am the Light and this that I fear has no power over the Light. But when you’ve done it, you know the Truth of it. It takes great courage to stand on the Light of someone else’s being and know, “No, this cannot take place over there where that person is for there is the Light.” And every appearance is met that way. Perfect Faith casteth out all fear. Not faith that God is going to do something but faith that God has already done it. God’s perfection is already the fact in all things. That’s your perfect Faith and the reason the world suffers is because it has not been taught perfect Faith in God’s presence everywhere.

And so, you’ve got to stand for the world, for your friends, for your loved ones. You’ve got to present that perfect Faith to the Father for them. When you pray, pray not for that person. Pray by recognizing the universal nature of perfection in which that condition which is presenting itself has no Reality and you will free more than meets the eye.

Just to review it quickly, let’s take the head cold. It’s not that you don’t have the head cold, it’s that there is none, anywhere. Don’t meet it on its little, finite level. There isn’t any, anywhere. There’s carnal mind presenting the illusion of head colds in five million different places. That’s all they are. They’re five hundred million places saying that “God isn’t there,” and you know better. That’s what your function is, to know better and that even though the appearance may have localized itself where you are, you’re knowing it on a universal level will remove it on your local level and other local levels. Don’t know it just locally. That’s the point of this recognizing carnal mind as the tempter, the assassin, the evil doer, the devil. Don’t bring it down to local levels.

As Joel’s work increased in tempo and as he was coming into the homestretch of his mission on earth, more and more he brought to our attention not to meet the problem at the level of a local situation but to recognize it as a universal, carnal mind temptation and even though humanly, we may not quite understand why, when you do meet it that way, you do understand why because you banish the whole power of carnal mind by meeting it that way.

And the power falls away, the presumed power and you find you’re in the clarity of Truth. I don’t think in one lesson we’re going to resolve that technique but I’d like to get it across today because by the 14th of January, we’re going to have completed our lessons in world work and I’d like to spend that month between the 14th of January and the 11th of February, when we’re not together, I’d like to spend it doing world work with each other so that we’re prepared to meet these things.

I think we could probably pause now and resume in a short time. I’m sure there’s much more in the chapter here now that will reinforce our study on this aspect of the work. Let’s be back in about five minutes.

(Class break)

Now, some of these things that we’re discussing should be very normal and basic with us. Some of these things should be very basic. I mean, we ought to have them behind us in a sense I almost feel that it shouldn’t have been necessary to even discuss them today but the questions that have been put to me through the week indicate that there are weaknesses still at this level and maybe that’s why we’re still in the 11th chapter of this book which strangely enough is totally dedicated to the false appearances of the world.

Now, this statement from Joel, “In ‘this world,’ where an ignorance of truth predominates, we are constantly being faced with sin, disease, death, lack, and limitation, with evil of every kind….If….we have been spiritually taught, we will instantly recognize that these suggestions [that come to us] are appearances like the mirage on the desert….Do not accept appearances of good and evil at face value. Accept them only as mirage, illusion, a form of malpractice, or hypnotism, and above all things, do not accept them as something that has to be healed.”

Now, the reason for that statement is once you’ve accepted the mirage of evil, you don’t go around healing a mirage. So, if you want to heal it, for you it’s r-e-a-l, a reality, not a mirage and you miss the first step which is: the mirage is caused by our material sense coordinating with the world mind.

And so, there’s that pause now, that inner Sabbath, that resting in the Word that the material sense produces the mirage of matter and the evil condition in the mirage of matter must be as much mirage as the matter itself.

And so, your conclusion finally is there is no matter in God’s universe and there are no material conditions in God’s universe. And as the child of God, you’re committed to living in God’s universe, not in the world of the carnal mind.

And so, this is a new lifestyle, isn’t it? There is no matter and there are no material conditions. And even though you’re going to go around in a world of matter and material conditions, in your lifestyle as the Child of the Father, the Light of the world, this must be your constant knowledge.

Jesus didn’t say, “I won’t make the cripple walk because there is no cripple” and then turn away and forget about it. He accepted it on the terms that came to him from the world as we learn to do but we re-interpret it on our own Divine term. We do not walk away from it and pretend it isn’t there but rather, we reveal that something better is there by the knowledge that where the mirage appears, I do not have to remove that mirage but rather, that which is where the mirage is, is the Light of Being. The recognition of the one, invisible Light always centering in the Light where you are so that you’re connected and that Consciousness becomes the health of every detail of your life. That’s the miracle of Spiritual recognition. That’s the new dimension of Life that we learn to live while we walk in the world.

We’re not pretending that things aren’t there. We’re recognizing that something else is there. We’re not telling the world that man isn’t sick. We’re knowing that all that is there where that man appears to be sick is the Light of God and our knowing is within ourselves not on the tip of our tongue. It’s a permanent knowing.

And so, don’t try to improve the mirage. Just rest in being Spirit, being Light and you’ll find that when you are resting in being Light, the Light reveals Itself. Our weakness is that once we have established that we’re the Light, we want to still do something which is a denial of that which we have just established. We are the Light which is perfect. We are the Light there which is perfect as well as here. There’s nothing to be done but rest in the Word.

It’s amazing how many things that you thought were real and then uncovered as mirage as you do this. You find the enchantment of walking in the Spiritual universe is yours.

Nothing has to be healed, reformed, changed or corrected…. We really do not have to get rid of any of the sins, diseases, lacks, or limitations of the persons who come to us. We merely have to refuse to accept the appearances and realize that whatever is presented to us is a state of hypnotism producing an illusion, a mirage.”

Silence, (pause) …

There are two kinds of persons who study this work. One kind says, “What is there in this that is good for me?” And you’ll find that person cannot really put this message into practice because the very nature of that type of consciousness repels Truth. The other individual says, “What is the Truth? Wherever that is, that’s where I go.” Now, that individual can put this into practice because they haven’t narrowed it down to what of this that I have heard is good for me. They are not conflicting their personal sense with Truth and interpreting that which is Truth only in the nature or degree to which it helps their personal sense.

If you still have yourself, lingering in this, “What is good for me attitude,” you will miss a great percentage of what is coming across. It must be an unconditioned quest for Truth alone and then you’ll find the personal me is out of the way. There was no personal me where Christ expressed as the visible Jesus. There was an unconditioned Self. There was a One which was One with All. If it was what’s good for me, the message never would have reached this level that we have it at now.

I mentioned this because those who are still in the “What’s good in it for me?” may not realize that they’re blocking the Light of their own Being. This is above personal improvement. You don’t try to improve the mirage you call your human body or your human self. That’s an obstacle. You accept your perfect Self where the human body appears and that perfect Self is never going to be tarnished, never going to in any way be less that its perfect Self. This is different than a better human you. Your perfect Self is there and unless you’re living in your perfect Self, you’re living in a second or false self which cannot benefit by Divine law.

Every problem you have is in that imperfect self you have accepted to be you which isn’t there. Your perfect Self does not contain problems. Your perfect Self is walking in Reality. Your perfect Self is permanent and the mirage of physical form, human life cannot be accepted if you wish to accept the fatherhood of God.

These are issues that must be met or else you spend the rest of your years improving, or trying to improve, that which is invisibly perfect.

If you work with the present perfection of your Being, you won’t need as many words to convince you. It has a way of identifying Itself.

In God’s kingdom, there is not a sin, disease, death, lack, or limitation.”

Now, if there’s no sin, disease, death, lack or limitation in God’s Kingdom, that’s another way of saying that there is no sin, death, disease, lack or limitation anywhere. The Allness of God’s Kingdom means that there is no sin. There is no lack. There is no limitation. There is no disease. There is no death. And when the Master says, “Raise them from the dead” it means from the belief that there is death. You raise someone from sin, you raise them from the belief that there is sin.

Always, all that is evil is the belief, never the fact. The belief is all that is there and it is made visible as what we have accepted as the fact. Where the fact appears to be, we are looking at our own belief made visible. And the eradication of the belief eradicates the mirage which we thought was the fact.

Then you can say, “Ah, carnal mind, I recognize your method. You place a belief in me which I subconsciously accept then it becomes a conscious belief then it becomes a fact and now, I think I’ve got it. But this that appears to me as a fact which I’d like to get rid of, isn’t a fact at all. I can’t get rid of it. It is a belief made into a visible mirage.”

Get behind the mirage to the belief and replace the belief with Truth. The belief is you have this thing. The fact is God didn’t create this thing. What is sustaining it? God isn’t. Your belief is sustaining it and carnal mind is making you believe that. Carnal mind is making you accept that. You’re a victim of carnal mind.

The Truth will make you free. What God did not create is not here. That’s the Truth. This thing that disturbs me is not here. I don’t have to get rid of it. I must get rid of my belief that it is here and I do that by knowing the Truth that God did not place it here and therefore, it is not here. It can be a world war holocaust. It can be an earthquake. It can be a germ. It can be anything that God didn’t make and it cannot be here. It’s the world belief hanging in space, waiting for me to say, “Yes, yes, yes” and I refuse to. You don’t remove it. You recognize its non-reality.

Now, we should be clear then of a lot of things and able to shuffle off most of the things that superimpose themselves in our consciousness one way or another. We should be almost free enough that we’re ready to say, “Thou seest me, thou seest the Father.” Even if there’s a momentary flaw brought into visible experience, it has nothing to do with you; it’s just world thought traveling by. Why detain it. Let it go. Let it go right on its merry way. Don’t stop it and claim it for your own. Let it go. It has nothing to do with you.

Then we have an open consciousness. We’re not a repository for the world’s false beliefs. The instant you’re faced with a false belief in your consciousness, recognize it. It’s just world thought traveling through. Let it go. You’ll find it continues right past you and the false belief that this was going to be bad or that was going to be bad or this was not going to be improved, all of that goes right with the world thought. Perfection has ever been there and when the cloud of world thought passes by, it shines through again.

We come unconditioned. You don’t have to sit and anticipate problems or worry about what might be or come to face every day with that funny feeling that, “I wonder what today is going to bring to me that I have to combat.” We start the day in a fresh consciousness of the perfect presence of God everywhere.

You don’t carry anything from yesterday into today to worry about. Wouldn’t it be marvelous to begin every day that free and clear that all of the yesterdays with all of the problems they presented are behind you? And yet, that’s the Truth, isn’t it? Spirit is never carrying over memories of this material world into this minute of today. Who’s doing it? Our unawareness of the world mind that functions in us, as us. When we are wise to it, we can begin a day completely free of all worry, free of all concern, knowing that I am the living Light of the Father now and forever, I’ll open a new book.

When you start your day with that awareness, you don’t have the seeds of yesterday’s problems to grow into great big oaks today and you don’t have as much to combat or get rid of. It’s a fresh, new, beautiful, Spiritual day and if it isn’t, you’re still in duality, still accepting the mirage as something you’ve got to live with.

Speaking of the fact that many of the healing works do not come off as we’d like them to, Joel offers two reasons. The first is a very simple reason; the practitioner hasn’t got what it takes. He says, “Let’s face it. Our practitioners aren’t living in the truth all the time and because of it, they don’t have the truth to be witnesses all the time.” But there’s a second reason, he said and this is the second reason. “The other reason is that the patients will not yield. They usually have it in mind the changing of an evil condition into a good one and this acts as a barrier.” Spiritual healing is not changing an evil condition into a good one. Healing is really the changing of consciousness and very often there’s a reluctance or unwillingness to yield up whatever it is that is acting as a block.

Now, I have met that, I have known that there were certain blocks in certain individuals but it’s a delicate subject. You just can’t say to a person, “This is your block.” First of all because you never really can be sure what the block is. You can only think you know and secondly, as Joel points out here, people resent being told that they have this point of view. They may hate someone very desperately and don’t know it. They may fear a condition very desperately and don’t know it. They may be hanging on to an untruth.

I know one person who had a sense of guilt about something and really there weren’t any words you could give to that person that would make them lose that sense of guilt and as long as that sense of guilt remained, the work that had to be done couldn’t get through because the point here is to change the individual’s consciousness and if the sense of guilt is there, that’s the consciousness.

Now, what are they guilty about? It was a personal sense there. Guilt is of a personal nature. Guilt was the feeling that they hadn’t done something they should have done. Well a change of consciousness would mean that there’s no me here to do or not to do. Thou seest me, thou seest the Father. Here is the Light of God. This person having the guilt complex refused to accept their Identity as the Light. I may be the Light but look what I did. Well, the Light has nothing to do that could be wrong and so by insisting on a guilt complex, taking the blame for something, this individual was rejecting the Light of God as their own individual selfhood and that was a block.

Oh, there are many other blocks. We hold many people in a state of malpractice because we see them as they appear to be and we insist that’s the way they are and then we may want them to be healed of something but we’re still holding them in that light, that false sense of humanhood. We’ve got mortal beings on our hands, physical bodies on our hands and then when it comes to us, we haven’t really come to that total acceptance of ourselves as the Light. When we do, then we’re not a barrier.

There are some people who can call you for help and all you’ve got to do is hear their voice and before that happens, you’re all aflame with Light. It’s as if there’s just nothing between you. It’s the one Life. There’s some people who invariably call you up and say, “Every time I call you it’s always almost instantaneous.” And you’re thinking to yourself, “It’s not me. I can tell you that. It’s you.”

There’s something that some individual has as a block and something that others have is not a block and as Joel points out, that’s only the second reason. The first one was the practitioner in the first place. Sometimes, the human element enters. Certain people will affect you and shouldn’t. You shouldn’t be affected by them, so you get desperate and you say, “Oh, I can’t have that happen to poor Mrs. so and so.” And right then you’ve hurt her and so on.

Now, continuing his thought, “In Infinite Way healing work, we are not turning to God to heal anybody. We do not have the kind of God who would let anyone be sick if it were within His knowledge.”

And since all in Reality is in the knowledge of God, God isn’t letting anyone get sick. Now, who’s sick? The personal sense of self and the personal sense of self when we are lifted high enough being out of the way, there’s no one there to be sick. Finally, there’s no one there to be sick forever, cause there’s no personal sense of self.

So, you see why healing is just a part of the work, an incidental part. It’s a part of the way on the path to being lifted above the personal sense of self. The ultimate is that Christ takes over where you are and lives your Life. And when Christ takes over and lives your Life, you have fulfilled your mission. You fulfill the Divine blueprint at this level, yielding to Christ. When Christ lives your Life, you have your own personal physician.

If we recognize God to be Omniscience and Omnipotence then surely we could not find anyone outside of God’s knowledge.”

So, who can we heal? It would be just as much of a mirage just to think you’re healing someone as for them to think they’re being healed because then practitioner and patient would be both in a false sense of self.

But suppose patient and practitioner are both in the knowledge that I am the Light? Then whatever temporarily seems to need healing yields very quickly. Two or more in the Light.

Now, in your world work, people will be reaching for the Light of their own Being and you will bring to it the knowledge that you are the Light of their Being and that will be two or more. For the Soul of everyone is yearning for the Light, driving us to that conscious union.

Now, our healing work takes a new turn. No sin, no disease are supported by a law of God. You see just hanging out there without God’s support, what is it? Is it there if God isn’t supporting it? It may seem a vast thing in the cosmic fourth world because we’re just a little entity as a human being looking at this fourth world. And so, to us it’s big, it’s hovering, it’s there – but it’s not there. If we could remove personal sense of me and I be the Light, this vast thing would just vanish. It only hangs there because there’s personal sense looking at it. That’s what makes it hang there. That’s what makes cancer stay on the earth. That’s what makes earthquake stay in the earth. That’s what makes all disease stay on the earth. You’re looking at them out of our personal sense perpetuating that which isn’t there.

As you withdraw from personal sense, you withdraw from the diseases of the world. You don’t heal them. You recognize they aren’t there. They do not exist in the Light of God which is all that is present.

Sin, disease: never supported by the law of God because if they were, they would be eternal. We never hope to change anything supported by God.

The fact that we do break through our sins, diseases, lacks is sufficient proof that there never was a law of God supporting them. It was only a law of matter, a law of mind. But these are not laws of God. And for this reason, any form of evil can be dispelled. Therefore, we need never be afraid to try to heal regardless of the name or nature of the claim because to begin with, we have the awareness that there is no law of God supporting it, no law of God maintaining it because it is an erroneous condition and we know that no law of God created it.

This is all part of the purifying of our consciousness.

We’re finally exonerating God from creating evils and from supporting evils and from countenancing evil.

Now, in my own work, it’s easy to get caught up in all these words even while you’re learning, it’s difficult to assimilate it into a practical way of life. And I find the best way to assimilate it is that no matter what you face, whatever its nature, don’t waste your time trying to figure it out. The fact is that only God is present. Whatever comes at you and labels itself this or that or the other thing, go to your knowledge that God is present. That’s accepting Omnipresence.

The minute you’ve accepted that God is present, you get a whole new perspective about it because if God is present, what are you going to do about it that God hasn’t already done? The minute you know God is present, there’s a new stability. God is present.

Now, where’s the earthquake going to be in God’s presence? You see how the belief in the earthquake is atheism? The belief in the reality of a head cold is atheism? The belief in the reality of any form of evil is atheism? God is present and the earth is the Lord’s and the fulness of the earth. Is that earth going to quake? What’s going to quake? The world mind’s going to quake. That’s all. That’s where the earthquake’s going to take place: in the world mind. That’s where the head cold takes place: in the world mind. That’s where every evil takes place: in the world mind and all you’ve got to do is stay in the world mind if you want to share in those evils. That’s where the mirage takes place, in the world mind and when you have accepted God’s presence where you are, where the world is, strangely, those evils do not come nigh thy dwelling. It’s all in accepting God’s presence everywhere and where you are.

And as you stand in that, you know God has the power to maintain a Perfect universe so where can evil be? That world mind is knocking on your Christ mind. It can’t enter.

Whatever God has, you have. Wherever God is, you are. In that Consciousness, you are not open to that which defiles. And so, instead of reaching for that little jar in the medicine cabinet, suppose you reach for that little conscious awareness that God is where you are and see if that doesn’t do the job.

There was no earthquake in the Christ and if you’re in the Christ Consciousness, there’s no earthquake in you. It goes right around and makes a detour leaving even one little rose to bloom, if necessary.

Silence, (pause) …

We are not dividing his garment as the soldiers did when the Master was on the cross. One seamless garment, the invisible Light everywhere and there’s no place in it for division. God is never divided. God never divides himself. There’s no place in it for material activity. There’s no place in it for evil activity. That Consciousness is the realization of Oneness.

And so anyone,” says Joel, “can [practice] healing…. at any time if he will realize the basic principle that he is not trying to heal a disease, a condition, a sin, or a false appetite. The moment anyone tries to do that, he’s trapped, and there will be no healing…. We are not dealing with condition, [we are dealing with] universal belief in a selfhood apart from God.” A universal ignorance, a universal hypnotism but only an appearance. There is no self apart from God and therefore, there can be no evil anywhere.

Now, you have the capacity within your Self to heal alcoholics and drug addicts. Now, I’ll tell you exactly how. It’ll shock you because it’s so simple. When you can reach the realization that there is no liquor, you’ll find you have the way to heal any alcoholic who comes to you. Liquor does not exist. When you find that you know that drugs do not exist, you’ll find you have the answer to healing a drug addict. There is no drug. Did God create them? If you believe they exist, you’re going to try to heal the drug addict or heal the alcoholic. You can’t heal them. You have to know the unreality of the person, the unreality of the condition, the very unreality of that which seemingly is causing them to be alcoholics and drug addicts. God didn’t make liquor. God made nothing material. There is no liquor. That’s how you’ll heal an alcoholic when you have the realization of it: that there is no liquor, period. Stop right there.

You want to heal smoking? There are no cigarettes. They don’t exist. Oh, you reach for the illusion and you puff an illusion and you think you’re smoking but when you know there are no cigarettes, you’ll find you will not smoke if you don’t want to. That’s how you’ll break it.

There is no material world. There is no cigarettes. See, we can’t go on thinking there’s a material cigarette, there’s a material bottle of booze. There isn’t any. You want to enjoy it? Go ahead but it isn’t there. And if you want to break the habit, it isn’t there is the answer.

This’ll come to you someday (sound of click of the fingers) as a quick realization, a conviction, an awareness of the non-reality of matter and you’ll see why Joel says, “Anyone can heal.” All you’ve got to do is know the Truth. But you’ve got to know it all the time. Stay with it.

Finally, “In the Infinite Way, we never give a treatment to a person. We give the treatment to ourselves. We are the one under treatment because we are the one to whom the appearance has been brought and it must be made in our own consciousness going immediately to the I of our Being.”

When I said, “We go to God,” this is another way of saying, “We go to I.” God where you are is the Light, going to the I of your Being, meaning accepting that I, the Self of me is the Spirit of God. That’s going to be I of your own Being. That’s the beginning of treating you instead of the patient.

And it must be met in our own consciousness…. go immediately to the I of our being, abiding there until we come to the conclusion that [I, here, the Light of God] and my Father [the infinite] are one.” [I, here and the infinite are one] this then is a universal truth. We wrestle with this truth within ourselves until we now come to the point of conviction that all there is, is Spirit.”

Now, we haven’t told that person stop smoking, stop drinking, stop taking drugs but that person has come to you for You to help them stop and you recognize this Truth here in your Self. All that’s here is Spirit and there is Spirit.

Finally, comes “Ah.” You know that is true. In a few moments comes a deep sense of peace, a click, a deep breath, something or other and I know that God is on the scene. “That’s all there is to it,” says Joel, “as you can see I’ve had nothing to do with the patient…. That’s all there is to it.”

Over 16 years, he was able to establish that “That’s all there is to it.” But he established it. And as we put in our time, we’ll discover that we can say, “That’s all there is to it.” As long as there’s a me here trying to heal a you there, we’re getting nowhere.

And so, self-crucifixion which is what the practitioner learns is also the secret of your living free of the horrors of the world. When you remove the personal sense and have only the Light of God where you are, which is One with the Light of God everywhere, you won’t have to remove those evils. You will watch the Invisible Light bear witness to Itself in the visible world.

I think that’s pretty clear. He made one more statement that seemed important to me. I think I’d rather look at it in the book. It’s the last statement in that chapter.

It is possible to bring the very presence of God to earth if you will meditate, make contact with your Center, and let that Presence be released into the world.”

The words to me that are important there is, “It is possible” meaning, I, Joel have done it. Others before me have done it. Others with me have done it. Others will do it. It is possible to bring the very presence of God into your experience.

And that should be our single-centered goal: to bring the very presence of God into our experience as a permanent dispensation. Don’t wait to suffer. This is a always job, a constant job. You should always be the living presence of God where you are. The Light of God must be your constant companion as your Self and it is the Light of everyone else that makes you One with the universe. You’re moving in the Grace of his Presence.

Next week, we’re going to look into the resurrection of Jesus Christ, the 20th chapter of John. We’ve come to the place where lifting up the I, seeing the nothingness of self as person, is the accomplished fact of his demonstration on the earth, and now we want to understand entirely that with our own Spiritual progression, we want to find what the religions of the world have missed; that the Light of the world which came forth as the permanent Life of Jesus Christ was demonstrating that the permanent Life of us is right where we stand.

We are overlooking our permanent Life as long as we stand in the sense of a second or material self. When that is cast aside, like Lazarus, we walk in the invisible body of the Soul.

Resurrection should take us into the conscious awareness of the invisible body of the Soul. That’s a Christmas present we owe ourselves. That will be our work next Sunday, chapter 20 of the Gospel of John.

And then we’ll increase our capacity to do world work in the remaining three sessions.

Thanks for bringing the sunshine where the world thought there was rain.

First, an announcement about our class schedule. This series is going to end on the second Sunday in January. That’s the 14th of January. We’ll go right through, that means this year, we continue every Sunday. This is the 10th. We’ll be here on the 17th, the 24th, the 31st and the 7th and the 14th of January. Then there will be a month recess and we start again on the 11th of February which is the second Sunday in February. We stop the second Sunday. That’s the last class in January. We begin the second Sunday in February.

Now, when we begin there are only going to be seven classes. In other words, we go straight through the end of March. And those seven would be a special seven and that’s going to be the termination of our work in San Francisco at the end of March.

And so, what we want to do now is to spend these five sessions and then those seven, if we can, together and I think today’s lesson, “Lifting up the I” is probably the nature of all the work we will do until the end of March. “Lifting up the I.”

Now that is the title of the 11th chapter in Joel’s book, “Realization of Oneness.”

Lifting up the I” was given to the world by the Master’s statement, “I will give you the keys to the kingdom.” And when we realize that this I he spoke of was not his person, not his human selfhood but I, the Christ of you, will give you the keys to the Kingdom, then we see that lifting up the I is learning to recognize Divinity in yourself, in everyone you know throughout the world.

Now, let’s go back to a time when as a girl, you hadn’t yet worn high heels or as a man, as a boy, you hadn’t yet put on long pants. I know how girls are. They just can’t wait for that first time that they can step into those high heels. And then, one day it happens. Now, when you are wearing those high heels, you’re not wearing the low ones and usually, as you become more mature, that becomes the accepted way for the woman to dress except when she’s walking somewhere or shopping and that sort of thing. You don’t turn back. When the man changes into his long trousers for the first time and then grows up, that’s his way of life. He doesn’t turn back.

And similarly, in the Spiritual work, when you turn to I, when you learn who I is, you learn that you cannot turn back and this is hard. We want to turn back because there are so many pleasant memories in the world but you cannot wear high heels and short heels at the same time. You cannot lift up the I and then turn around and honor the me.

And so, this is a commitment. As you learn to lift the I, you’re pushed further and further. There comes a moment when you realize that mortality has got to be abandoned and this may be that moment for all of us. There is a world consciousness now which is being shattered. Possibly, typical of it is the way a magazine like “Life” can fold up.

Certain things are happening and they should be recognized. “Life” gave us its reasons for folding up – three. One, that that it had too much specialized competition; higher postal rates – I even forget the third one – but it didn’t give the real reason. It didn’t fold because of these reasons. It folded because the consciousness of the world is changing and it hasn’t kept pace. You can’t just show a photograph of women’s lib and think that is covering their needs or a photograph of the new activity at colleges and think that is covering their needs. The world consciousness keeps changing and when a woman’s liber looks at “Life” magazine, there’s nothing in it for her anymore. When a person learning what life is really all about looks at “Life” magazine, it’s just something for ten minutes and then you throw it aside. The truth that sticks to your ribs isn’t there. And so, the magazine folds, oh yes, advertising, it didn’t have advertising. But the reason it didn’t have enough advertising, the reason it likes to say postal rates put it out of business and the new era of specialization, is simply that it has not caught a way of fulfilling the need of mankind.

We find that everywhere, we’re being forced to take a new inventory of our own consciousness. Things that at one moment seemed so right, a moment later appear to be not quite as right. We’re growing up Spiritually and we don’t seem to know it. In this growth, we’re learning that there is a Divine Self and although this has not surfaced into the consciousness of everyone, this is the cause of much of the unrest that goes on in our world. The invisible nature of the Divine Self asserting itself on and through the human consciousness causes unrest and it’s wise for us to see that we have been given an invisible pathway out of this world.

We were in a home the other night and the woman wanted to show us the hunting trophies of her husband. They have been very successful. She had been very successful, too. They were both career people but they’re not together today. He passed on five years ago and her statement was “They’ve got to do something about that disease.” And the question is, what can anyone do about it? She who vehemently sought some way to find something to do about that disease would not even understand or recognize what has been taught to the world to do about it. As much as she desires to eliminate that disease, she’s not prepared to do so when given the information on what she should do because she does not know how to lift up the I.

The only way that disease and countless others are eliminated from this world are through an enlightened world Consciousness, through Spiritual understanding that here where we stand, there is an invisible realm and that Spiritual law cannot be ignored.

Now, I don’t know if this woman thought of where this particular disease came from that took her husband away but I know one thing and that is God did not create that disease. And I do know who created it. The universal consciousness created it and we have allowed the universal consciousness to imprison us in these bodies that deteriorate and are subject to all forms of error. By one word alone – infidelity. Our infidelity is to the Divine Self that we are. By not abiding in your Divine Self, you become a separated self and in the not abiding, in the becoming separated, we lose all contact with the Grace of God so that without realizing it, we’re really hanging on by a thread which we call a lifespan. And because Scripture tells us what to do, which is Divine law, and we do not do it, we create the very diseases we try to avoid. Karma is the effect which comes about through mankind not abiding in Divinity and whoever in a measure abides in Divinity which is the I of your Being, the I of everyone’s Being, you find you nullify the karma, the ignorance, the superstition, the false powers of the world.

Now, right in this room right now, there is an invisible thief – that’s the carnal mind. It wasn’t invited but it’s always present and if you are not abiding in the Divine Self of you, it will steal you away into that realm which is not Reality and you will find yourself asleep, walking in a dream called mortality. And in that mortality, you will suffer all those things that are not God created which we call the destructive elements of this world.

And only by abiding in your Divine Self do you step out of these destructive elements. When that becomes clear, we finally choose Immortality as the nature of Being. You cannot be Divine Self and mortal self and to lift the I, you begin peeling away all of the false, the conditioned, the inherited concepts of the world consciousness.

Scripture comes to your aid. Your righteousness must exceed the righteousness of the scribes and the pharisees or else you cannot enter into the Kingdom of Heaven which is a very oriental way of saying, “Unless you abide in your Divine Self, you cannot experience the perfection of Reality.” The place whereon thou standest is the invisible realm, unseen to human eyes and while you are not abiding in Divinity, the thief functions through your senses and your senses become a channel for the mirage and that mirage is where every error and problem of this world is contained.

And so, we’re beginning to face one important fact. To lift the I out of mortal sense, out of human sense, out of the belief that there is good and that there is evil, to go beyond the voicing of Truth for the Father has told us that you must be reborn of the water and the Spirit, of the Truth and the Spirit.

And so, we must go beyond truth as we know it humanly. We must leave the lulling pleasures of the senses, the lulling pleasures of matter, the lulling pleasures of the world. We must go beyond into the realm of Spirit, out of the high heels, out of the long pants, out of the humanhood and we must pass into the next realm of Being.

I will give you the keys to Reality. You come face to face with I in the midst of you and you are told, “Abide in I and you will bear fruit richly.” And the word “abide” says that doesn’t mean part time or halfway. You cannot abide in I while you’re abiding in a mortal sense of life.

To abide in I means to yield, to surrender, to make of yourself a living sacrifice. The Master set the tempo for us. “I give my complete humanity as a living sacrifice.” There is no mortal selfhood left as you learn to accept the I.

Now, it would be foolhardy to look at the testimony of Jesus Christ and pretend to ourselves that he said less. We clearly see a total crucifixion made visible to human eyes so that even human eyes cannot deny it. There is no Spiritual Self and a material self. There is no Immortal Self and a mortal self. There is no permanent Self and a temporary self. And you don’t have to be a detective to know that the forms we inhabit are temporary selves.

Right here, where the temporary self is, there is I, the permanent Self. I, the Self that existed before there was time and space, before there was a world, before there was a human being on the world – I, the Self that will always exist – and we must lift the consciousness to know that this I, I am. This second that I, I am. When you live in your Infinite I, consciously, you are nullifying every discord in the world. You are abiding. You are sowing to the I, the Spirit. Sowing and abiding are one and the same.

If you sow to matter, if you believe in the existence of matter, though you be humanly righteous, though you be a philanthropist, though you be kind and merciful, though you be compassionate and cooperative, you must reach the place where you see that one hundred percent human perfection is not acceptable to God. Your righteousness must exceed one hundred percent human perfection. Otherwise, somebody will be looking at your trophies and wondering why you’re not there to share them and enjoy them with them.

There is no such thing as human perfection. It’s as much a mirage as the good and the evil of the world. There is no good matter. There is no evil matter. “There is only my Spirit,” says the Father. And the I of you is the Spirit of God. The Spirit of God which is your permanent Self is named I and I, that Spirit, that permanent Self which you are, is the key to the realm of this perfection which is invisible everywhere on this earth.

And so, we’re sowing, abiding in I. “Abide in me…. and you will bear fruit richly…. Acknowledge Me in all thy ways and I will direct thy paths.” The Father taught that the first commandment is to acknowledge I. To acknowledge God in all your ways means to acknowledge the I of your Being as the Self of you and to recognize that you are that Divine I, that Divine Life and to abide means that because I am that Divine I, that Divine Life, I accept no opposite and no substitute. I am the I which the world knows as God. That is my permanent Self and I have no temporary self. I have no self that is subject to material powers. I, the Spiritual Self which is the Self of God, which is otherwise known as the Father within, I am not subject to material powers. I am not subject to disease. I am not subject to death itself. I cannot be crucified. I cannot die or be sick. I cannot be hurt. I cannot be limited or lacking. I, is your name and to abide means that you cannot accept conditions which deny who you are. How can you hurt if your name is I and therefore, what is this hurt? It is the mirage of the world mind and it is using your senses as a channel for you to declare that you are not I.

In every area of your human lifespan, by the sheer belief that you are material being in a material world, you deny who you are and this is the human separation from Reality.

Now, the habits that must be started to abide in I, to lift up the I, to sow to I, to acknowledge I, to realize that “I and the Father are one,” and the same I, are very difficult habits to start because that invisible thief in our midst is always working and you can’t find him. You can’t draw a blueprint and put it on a piece of paper. You can’t put a searchlight on this invisible thief. You can’t padlock him. He’s always present as a spur and yet, unless you are aware that he is present, he will always outwit you.

And so, you accept the invisible presence of the world mind. You can give it any name you like. You can call it carnal mind, world mind, the glass darkly, universal belief, the thief, the deceiver, Satan, the devil, but you must know that this invisible, universal mind of man is ever functioning and all of the evils in the world and all of the good in the world are contained within it.

God never made a volcano. The world mind makes volcanoes and they are mirage. God never made poverty or famine. They’re made in the world mind and they are mirage. God never made a disease. They’re made in the world mind and they are mirage. God never made physicality. It’s made in the world mind and it is mirage. I, which existed forever and will exist forever, I am not in the world mind and if you stand in I, you are out of the mirage. You are awakened out of the cosmic dream in the world mind.

Only I can give you the keys to the Kingdom. We learn to accept, my name is I and all that I is, I am. The Father tells us, “Be still and know that I am God.” Therefore, I is God because the Father says so and I is my name because the Father says so. And “I and the Father are one,” because the Father says so and that is who I am. I am I, the very Self same I that is the I of God. And when I am not abiding in this knowledge, I become a branch cut off, a separated branch and I find myself vulnerable because I am living in a false state of myself. In that separation, the powers of the world to me are power even though they are no power to I. I’m out of center. I’m in a false body, a false series of relationships and a false world. I cannot control my own destiny. I am controlled by the world mind, the invisible thief.

The moment I am separated from I, the invisible thief controls me and may even make me appear to be very successful and healthy and then wipe it all away. And so, I make a living sacrifice of this mortal me which was created in the world mind. That mortal me created by the world mind through birth is not I. My past is not a true past. All of the destructive elements in that past, all of the sin, all of the errors are untrue. They were world mind appearing as a me that wasn’t me. They were world mind appearing as a mortal self and there is none, for I is my name. I, is your name and there can be found no mortal being in I. I, is the name of every individual you know. Divinity is the only Self that is present and only when you stand in that Divinity do you render null and void the false powers of the world that use the senses and the mind as a channel through which they project those disturbances which ultimately lead to final death.

The fact that it was done by the Master and taught to his disciples and practiced by those who secretly have studied the Word of Truth for centuries, the fact that a Joel Goldsmith appeared to preserve this Truth in a record or twenty-nine books and nine hundred tapes and to demonstrate in his life that we can demonstrate it in our lives, is ample evidence that this is the way through which we move through the false world consciousness of death.

We’re learning to abolish disease and destruction and death in our lives and we’re being trained for a higher purpose. And I do believe that when we have finally completed our work here together, that many of us will be prepared to do successful world work. We’ll be independent of the false consciousness of the world. We will be able to move in Divine Rhythm, in an awareness of our Divine Body, our Divine Mind, our Divine Life, free of the tribulations of the world.

Just to give you an idea of how we’re being forced to it, there was a man phoned this morning about his cattle. Four fell dead. Some weeks back, two fell dead. And by this time, he was becoming quite frantic. However, he couldn’t tell what was wrong. It wasn’t the frigidity of the air. There was some kind of an epidemic of some kind and he couldn’t put his finger on it. In fact, he called me before he called a vet. I think he called from Nevada. I’m not sure. I don’t know the man.

But the point is that I learned, that this man was studying our tapes. He’s not a student of our class in the physical sense but one of our students has been lending him some tapes and so he was impressed with the possibilities that lay ahead for him. He simply hadn’t yet reached that Consciousness where his consciousness was the Divine Consciousness so that his head of cattle could benefit by this awareness. Next problem is, suppose the other hundred and fifty head were contaminated? He’d be wiped out.

Now, that man is being forced by this invisible thief to come to a higher level of himself. If he didn’t know about the Infinite Way work, he’d probably wonder what in the world can he do about it. He knows there is a way and I’m quite sure that he’s going to find that way because he’s forced to. It’s a matter of complete failure in business or success and so, he’s forced to do it on a human level. But one advantage is his that isn’t available to many others, he at least knows that there is a way and now he’ll be forced to find and cultivate the higher levels of that way. This is the karma of an individual who has been part of the world consciousness. And had he been one hundred percent perfect humanly, it wouldn’t have made any difference. The world consciousness plays no favorites.

And if you’ve been pushed, your back against the wall, too, you’ll find its because knowing the way and not taking advantage of the way, but rather trying to live sort of midstream, riding two horses, you’re being forced to accept that the only way is I, the Divine Self of you. There is no second way. Lot’s wife couldn’t turn back – when she did, she was through.

Two will be on the field and one will be taken away.” The mortal is taken away. The Immortal remains.

Finally, it’s crystal clear, Immortality is the nature of Being. There is no mortal on the face of the earth. There is only Divine Self and whoever is able to abide in that consciously, day in and day out, discovers that I, my own Divine Self, makes me Self-complete, Self-fulfilling, independent of the conditions of the world.

Now, what you are also tells you what you are not. Every quality of I is every quality of God. “Son, all that I have is thine.” I have all that God has because I am that I.

Now, because I have all that God has, the opposite condition cannot be true. Although the opposite condition is what appears, it cannot be true. I have all that God has. That is the Divine law and your name is I. The I that you are has all that God has right now. Therefore, whatever denies it is a lie. If you live in the conscious acceptance that you are I, the Son, and that the Son, I, has all that the Father has because the Father has said so, then you accept that here where I stand, all that God has, I have. And whatever God does not have, I cannot have. God does not have disease. I cannot have disease. God does not have poverty or famine. God does not have old age. God has nothing except perfection therefore, I have nothing except perfection.

But the thief says, “Look at this, you cut your finger.” The thief says, “Look, your tires are wearing thin.” The thief says, “Look, you’ve got an old car. You need a new one and you don’t have the money to buy one.” The thief says, “Your parents are suffering.” The thief says, “Your children are on drugs.” The thief says everything except what God says and the human mind trained to believe at face value what it hears and sees, accepts the thief which steals away your Divinity.

The enlightened One, however, can recognize the thief for every expression of imperfection is a denial of your own Being. Every expression of imperfection is a temptation to you to make you not abide in I which is the key to the Kingdom.

So, there’s this little something in us now. We’ll call it our consciousness. It’s like a lawn mower. You’ve got these lawns of grass, let’s say the grass is three or four inches high and you push the mower through the grass and you cut a swathe. That swathe depends upon the width of the mower, the sharpness of the blade and so on. That is like your consciousness. Your consciousness cuts a swathe through the invisible and what it comes up with is what appears. The quality of that consciousness determines what expresses, what appears. If that consciousness is living in I, when it cuts its swathe through the invisible, it expresses the qualities of I and then in the visible, you find I am the Peace. I am the Wine. I am the Water. I am the bread of Life. I am the Harmony. All that I am, thou art because we are one and the same and all that appears not to be what I am, is mirage. The broken bone is mirage and the bone that isn’t broken is mirage. There is no good matter. There is no evil matter. There is only I, the invisible Spirit.

Absent from the mortal sense of life, we are living in the I and daily, you pick that I up, up, up, never letting it fall down.

Five seconds from now, after you hear something, you will do what you’ve always done in spite of hearing it. When you were told to look at your neighbor and know that only Divinity is there, you will do it and five seconds later, you’ll be seeing Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Jones again instead of Divinity. But that’s the thief in you who sees Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Jones. We must learn to look at Divinity, not at the appearance called form. You see the form of the I with your physical senses but you see the invisible Divinity with the I of your Immortal Self and that is the I to cultivate. You can only greet a Divine Being. You must see Divinity everywhere. You must abide in I. You cannot see humanhood anywhere and be abiding in I. It’s an absolute point that the Divine law says, “Abide in I.”

And so, it’s departing from the old habits. You must change and the change is not partial. The change is total. This is the change which says, “Take off the garment of mortality. Put on the robe of Immortality.” Do not try to patch up the old consciousness. Do not pour new wine into the old mind. It’s a completely fresh start from a new focus and it’s a conscious, continuous awareness that I am I, Divine Self, not living in a mortal form. I am that I which never knew physical birth. I am that I which can never know physical death. I am that I which is the Christ which could be physically crucified on a tree without dying. That I, I am. I am the deathless I, the I that is never sick, the I that can never be hurt by man or beast. This is identity, lived in, not for a minute or an hour or a day; a total change of consciousness. And as we live with it daily, abiding, rejecting all that denies it, we find we are never denying the presence of God anywhere. There is no place in Heaven, on earth, in the sky or in the wild where God is absent, for I is the Infinite I and that Infinite I is everywhere. In that Infinite I that is everywhere, there is no evil. There is no disease. There is no matter. There is no mortality. There’s no place to go except into I.

If you do what comes naturally, you identify with people. You have four cattle that were killed. Your pipes break because of the frost. Your car breaks down. This is identifying not I, not abiding. This is accepting the opposite.

As you continue, that which at first seems like a denial of obvious facts, turns out to be a revelation of the nothingness of all error. It makes no difference what the error is. All material existence is the error. And there’s nothing you can do about it. It will continue to be the error. Any belief in the existence of matter is not abiding for abiding means abide in Spirit. If you believe in the existence of matter, you are breaking Divine law and if, in your life appears a series of problems, that is the karma which you have accepted, which you have invited by your belief in the existence of material world.

This is where we must now stand. You must know that if you choose to believe that matter exists, you are denying the Allness of God which is the Spirit of the universe. There cannot be the Allness of God and matter, too. There is Spirit or matter and your life, your experience, depends on which you accept as Truth. Allness of Spirit or Spirit and matter or just matter. If you’re divided, your divided consciousness brings back both good and evil. If you’re Oned with Spirit, out of the divided consciousness, you find that all that comes back to you is that Oneness with the Father which expresses his qualities in you.

Finally, the decision is always yours – if you know the facts and I think you should know the facts by now. You are making the decision about tomorrow. You’re saying my tomorrow will be with good and with evil or my tomorrow will be perfect. And you’re making that decision by whether or not this instant and the next instant and the next instant, you are accepting that only Spirit exists or you’re accepting that there is Spirit and matter.

When you’re single pointed to the knowledge that only Spirit exists, you’re following the Master’s teaching. And that’s half the battle. The acceptance that only Spirit exists makes possible the development of ways and means and techniques to be true, faithful to the fact that only Spirit exists. That fidelity to Spiritual identity enables you to look past the errors of human beings and to recognize that they are nothing but the invisible, universal thief appearing.

And so, the whole world is taken out of condemnation in your eyes. You don’t have good and bad people anymore. You don’t have good and bad children. You don’t have good and bad anything. You can even know that four cattle were killed and yet, you can see this is the universal lie. Somehow out of that, good will show forth Spiritually. You can’t anticipate how. It may be that you’re lifted higher and that will be the good.

In one way or another, nothing has happened because that which God does is all that can happen. The self-crucifixion is the birthing of I in you. When you are birthed in I, rebirthed, you are returning to I that you ever were. This mortal self is now seen to be a shadow of thought.

It’s not a question of, “Don’t I have a heart or pair of lungs or ears?” It’s a question of who I am. I am Divine Spirit and therefore I am not living in lungs and heartbeats. The change is total. I am being lived by the Spirit of God independent of the world of matter and if the world of matter were to crucify this body I would still be standing here. This must be the conscious knowledge that I can never die. I am the living Spirit of God and in this knowledge, in your fidelity to it, in little things and big things, you begin to sense that there is a new law functioning in your whole Being – a Divine law, with Divine action, with Divine rhythm, with Divine intelligence. The change of consciousness becomes the change of life.

Now, the habits you start then are very specific. If I am to obey that Scriptural command which says, “Abide in me,” I must know who me is. God says, “Abide in me.” For God is Spirit and I must abide in Spirit and the name of Spirit is I. I must know that I am I and that’s how I abide and if I abide in I, that’s who I am twenty-four hours a day.

The old-world ways will keep giving me a human name and a human description but I am to be faithful to the Father and so, I do not answer to that human name and that human description and I cannot be moved by human desires and human ambitions. I already have all there is.

Now, as I meet those who walk in form, the I that I am is the same I that they are. What they know or do not know makes no difference in my injunction to abide in I. I must transfer my abiding in I where I am to also abiding in I where they are. Whoever I meet, I still must continue to abide in the I of them. And so, I’m abiding in I in me and I in him and I in her and I in the tree and I in the river, I in the world. I in everything there is. You abide in I. There’s no breaking of that abiding consciousness. No matter where your I lifts you, there’s still only I there. No matter what you touch, there’s only I there. You continue the unbroken I. You’re only greeting Divine Self no matter if it’s a person or a bird or a fowl or a fish. All that’s there is invisible Divinity named I. You’re meeting I everywhere. You must move in this direction.

And what else is there? Nothing, only I. What qualities are there? Only the qualities of I. Whatever qualities of God are there and there are no others no matter what appears and that is your test. Can you walk abiding in I? Can you abide in the qualities of I without opposite? Can you look at imperfection and know because I am there, imperfection cannot co-exist with I, the Spirit of God.

Therefore, imperfection is a world mirage. Death is a world mirage. Sickness is a world mirage because I am abiding in I, the Spirit of God which is there. I’m abiding in I, the Spirit of God which is here and then you watch the quiet way in which healings occur. Because all is I in your Consciousness, that is what your Consciousness begins to out-picture in the visible world around you. The transition in Consciousness becomes a transition in experience. You are abiding in I and the Scriptural law is fulfilled. You do bear fruit richly. You are sowing to the Spirit and you do reap Life everlasting. You are not sowing to the material world of flesh and you do not reap corruption. Spiritual law is firm, true and invariable. And when you abide in it, fulfill it with fidelity, you find every activity that is promised in those Scriptural decrees becomes your experience.

All evil is wiped off the face of the earth in your Consciousness. There is no evil power. There is no evil condition. There is no evil person or thing because all is the invisible Spirit named I.

Here is an exercise you may find very good. I call it, “Turning off the world.” In your consciousness, you want to reach a point where there is no invisible thief, where the world mind, the carnal mind has no outlet in you. And so, you go into an awareness of who You are. You are the Self of God. There is no mortal being where You are. You are pure, Immortal Spirit. And therefore, there is no world where You are; there is only the Kingdom of Heaven. You are really accepting the robe of Divinity without ands, ifs and buts and learning inside that Divinity means perfection in all things. Divinity means this that was born is not You. Divinity means that You are not a human ego, that You are not a human body; that there is no human here.

You see, in this acceptance, in this “Turning off the world,” this is your crucifixion in consciousness, accepted in meditation. Here, there is no mortal being. There is only I, the Immortal Self. Your permanent Self is here, your Divine Self and your Divine Self here extends without interruption throughout Infinity. It is never separated from that Divine Self which is God. Your Source is ever present. You are one with your Infinite Source, here and now. Nothing else is present except your One, Source, Self, the Self that is You forever.

You learn to accept this inside until something in you reaches a point where the world is turned off. You don’t feel a world. You are not aware of a world. You’re only aware of Infinity, totally Divine and nothing else.

This becomes stabilized as a vast, inner Peace. Even the Truth of it begins to register as an unconscious feeling within. If I am Divine and my neighbor is Divine and everyone is Divine, then all must be the same Divine One and that Divine One is the Self of each one. That Divine Self, I am and I cannot be disconnected from Infinity because it is the Divine Self. I am that Infinite, Divine Self; until the Truth of this to you is not a quotation but an acceptance within. And when it is, the powers of the world cease to be for you. When it is, you are inviting all of the qualities of God to flow in their natural sequence and express where you are. They reveal the absence of the desolation, destruction, discord, despair, disaster and death that works through the false thief of the world mind.

You find you need no power against anything. The world can say, “This can’t be done or that can’t be done or this is an obstacle or we’re facing this kind of a condition over here” but when you register inside with this feeling of the Infinite, Invisible Self of You, all of the statements of the world about what can’t be done for You have no weight whatsoever. You can break down any door without trying. Every obstacle is demolished. The Spirit of You reveals that there are no obstacles. There never was an obstacle. They’re all part of the mirage. Spirit of You reveals that you truly are in the perfect Kingdom now. The I is lifted and the I reveals the Infinity of God’s Kingdom as a present Reality.

I and the Father. I abide in the Father and the Father abides in me. We are One and, in that Oneness realized within, I am free. Free of a temporary lifespan, free of mortality, free of all the confining ideas of the world mind, free of error, free of false beliefs. For all that I has, is mine. The world is gone.

– End of Side One —-

On page 176, “The Infinite Way begins with an infinite, ever present, omnipotent God.”

Now, the name of that God is I. I am God. “Be still and know that I am God.” The Infinite Way then begins with an ever present, Infinite, Omnipotent I in the midst of you. Therefore, in our acceptance of this Truth, I can say that where I appear to be, there is I, an Infinite, Omnipotent, ever present God and it is appearing to your sense as a person here and a person there and a person where you stand and your consciousness must switch from the person where you stand to that Omnipotent, ever present, invisible I. And when you switch to that I, you have changed from the age-old false idea that you are mortal being. The mortal self that we have been taught we are, we are not. We are I. This is the teaching of Jesus Christ. It is the teaching of the Infinite Way.

And as you make that switch in consciousness to the real identity, you are also changing from the world to the Kingdom without having to do anything else about it and you are moving into eternity, into timelessness without doing anything more about it. You are moving into Divine law. The minute you move from mortal me to Immortal I in your consciousness, you are under the law of God.

And all of yesterday’s errors, all of yesterday’s mistakes are karmic debts that are wiped away. The moment we are I, instead of me, we are white as snow and we fear not any mortal condition for we are no mortal being again. We are I.

And when we experience this, we know that we can learn how to maintain this.

The mirages of the world cannot function in that I consciousness. They cannot out-picture for you all the threats and limitations of mortality.

Actually, this teaching right at this point, in this one sentence that Joel gives us here, when we know that God and I are one, that teaching is the passport to Heaven on earth. All it needs is a worker, someone who will accept it and work with it and live with it and wrestle with it until it becomes living Consciousness. You don’t need a whole lot of new Truth beyond that.

Once you make that transition in consciousness right where you are, all of the Truth you need flows right out of your own Being. You might use a few helpful hints on how to stay there but ultimately, you see you’re going to come to the place where no one on earth can help you because you don’t need any help. You know that I am I. You know the Truth that makes you free and because God functions in I, which is the Son of God, the Father says, “Son…. all that I have is thine.” In doing this, you’ve automatically agreed with your adversary. That step is already taken care of without you making a conscious effort to do it. Where’s your adversary? There is none. The only adversary you had was when you were not in I. When you’re in I, the adversary is gone.

Now, when you’re in I, will you be guilty of judging? No. Will you be unrighteous? No. Will you condemn anyone? No. Will you love your neighbor automatically because I, will love your neighbor? In other words, all of Scripture is fulfilled when you stand in I, instead of in me, and then all of the words of Scripture that we’re trying to get you to come to I are no longer needed because I wrote those words.

Realization of Oneness. I am that I which is God.

So, “Infinite Way begins with an infinite, ever present, omnipotent God.” Its premise is that there is no imperfection in any part of God or of God’s creation. None whatsoever. God is being perfect and so, therefore is God’s creation.

No one has ever been born, no one will ever die; no one ever had a beginning, and no one will ever have an ending.” All of this you see is mortal belief. The birth, the death, the beginning, the ending is all a denial and ignorance of the fact that I am that I. And suddenly, the birth, the beginning, the death, the ending are moved away from I. There seemed to be cosmic shadows of thought, impacted into an appearance called form: but I am not mortal. I am that I which is the permanent, Immortal I and that Immortal I did not go through birth and will not go through death and that is my name and identity. You learn how to stand in that until you’re at home in I. This is returning to the Father’s house.

Thou seest me, thou seest the Father whose name is I.” Thou seest the Son whose name is I. The Son and the Father are I, one and the same. Without beginning in time or space, with no division in time or space and no ending in time or space. That I, I am. That is the Immortal I. I am not the mortal me. In my capacity to remain, consciously that I, while the form walks this earth doing its human chores, will determine the experiences that that form undergoes. If I have this open end with I, consciously there all the time, the appearance called form will be under the law of I and that law is Perfection in all things. That law is Grace, a sufficiency for every moment.

Do I or do I not stand in that I is going to determine every tomorrow. It will even determine whether or not I reincarnate or make a transition to a realm in which physical form does not appear. It will determine if loaves and fishes rain out of the sky or if my table can in some way be barren. It will determine if I live in the miracle of the presence of God or the absence. I have that power to stand or not to stand in I and I make my own bed. I make my own karma. I make my own freedom. If I stand fast, I find that all that the Father has is never withheld. This I, is your secret place, the Immortal Self.

Let’s repeat that line, “No one was ever born, no one will ever die; no one ever had a beginning, no one will ever have an ending.” That’s mortal talk; beginning and ending, birth and death. I am Immortal.

Wherever you do not accept Truth, you’re accepting karma. Wherever you’re told, for example, “Judge not, lest you be judged,” the moment you judge, you’re in karma. And the reason is because nothing can enter to defile or make a lie of Truth. Truth is forever and it has no opposite and when you’re not in it, you’re in untruth. When you’re not in Truth, you’re in karma because truth is all there is. Karma is living in unreality. There’s no karma in Reality. The only reason we experience karma, cause and effect, is because we’re not living in I, which is Reality.

I, does not live in this world. I lives in the Kingdom of I, the Kingdom of God and therefore, I, the I that I am, am not in this world now. I, living in I, which is in the Kingdom of God receive of the Kingdom. If I haven’t hitherto, it’s because I was not living in the Kingdom to receive the gifts of the Kingdom. All that the Father hath is in the Kingdom of Spiritual Reality and is experienced in the appearing mortal world only when we live in that Kingdom consciously which is known as I.

This is the I which is your identity and has existed for billions of years and will continue to exist without interruption for many more billions of years. Just think, when we entombed ourselves in the belief that this is my life, this span, we were denying the I that I am, which is billions of years in each direction. You were denying the Infinity of your own Being and losing the Power of it, the Grace and Truth and Beauty of it, but the minute you’re out of this mortal shell, in the I, all of those billions of years are living now. They’re not dead years. They’re not yesterday. The I that existed for billions of years means: exists unto Infinity in every direction and that is all living now. You become Infinitely alive in I. Who can even estimate what that means with the human mind, to be Infinitely alive, now? But I am. The I in you is Infinitely alive, now and when you are that I and there is no second, you can truthfully say, “I am Infinitely alive.”

In that Infinite Life, is all the Power of the universe. All of the health, all of the success, all of the human baubles that we have valued so much are all included but so much more. In your Oneness with I, you are one with the Spiritual universe. There’s nothing to heal, is there? Everything is perfect in I. To be Infinitely alive is to live in I and who knowing this, would wander off into a little, mortal me?

[This is] the I which I am and the I which is God and [they] are one and the same I.” This is Joel’s statement, “[They] are one and the same I. Therefore, I is immortal.… God can no more begin than He can end and if God and I are one, the I of me, in that oneness has never begun and will never end.”

And so, there is an I that I am, which “never began and will never end.” When I lose sight of it, I’m in the karma of the world. When I don’t lose sight of it, you cannot destroy me for it is the only Power. But it must be lived in. You cannot live outside of I and experience that Power. So, we are lifting up our conscious awareness that I, without beginning or end in space or time, is my present identity and I’m living in all of it, even though all that appears here is a little tip of the iceberg called a human self.

And the beauty is that if you know the Truth, the Truth will make you free. You don’t have to go beyond knowing it but you can’t stop knowing it either. The minute you stop knowing it, the minute it’s out of your conscious knowledge, you’re not knowing it and then, you’re not free.

It does another beautiful thing, when you’re resting in this I. We know your mind isn’t dwelling on your ailments or your lacks or limitations. You can’t dwell in both. You’re either in them or you’re in I. Which are you? If you’re in your limitations, you’re not living in I. If you’re living in I, you’re not dwelling on your limitations and pretty soon you find that the I you live in has no limitations. You become conscious of the nature of that I. You’re taken right out of the limitations of the mortal sense of self.

Of course, we say to ourselves, “Well, how often can I do this? I’ve got a human life to live out here. No one’s going to put my shoes on in the morning for me. I’ve got to do it. I’ve got to brush my teeth. I’ve got to get ready. I’ve got to go out, down to the office. I’ve got to go out to the school. I’ve got to go out and do this and that. I can’t be thinking of I all the time.”

The Father says, “Oh yes, you can and you will… Abide in me.”

Somebody gives you a passport to heaven, do you tear it up and throw it away because you’ve got to go down to Safeway today? “Abide in me,” while you do whatever you have to do. Abide in I and you’ll find it’s very normal to abide in I. It becomes your permanent consciousness just as this consciousness we had in a mortal sense was our consciousness, we have this new Consciousness which abides in I. The old is gone. The new supersedes and everything derives a new appearance to us because of it. Everything has a new animation because of it. There’s a different glow in the things around us because of it. The inner Light begins to suffuse right through. We feel the new texture of Spirit invisible seeping into our daily lives. “I am the way.” This is your lifeline to Infinity. Why should you let go? Only the thief is trying to make us believe we can’t do it. We can do it so well that there’s no power on the earth that can stop us. And you can do it for others as well as yourself.

As you become strong in the I consciousness, you find you can reach out and embrace those who need a little help. You find that you weren’t doing this work just for a you for there never was such a you. You find that others reach out and the I consciousness of you lifts them up to the I consciousness of themselves and then you know that you have caught the Spirit of the Master, the real inner Teaching. You’re walking with God. You have substance. You’re out of quotations. You know that the I of you is the answer to every problem on the earth and to everybody’s problem. You just can’t reach them all fast enough and so you stand in that I and let it draw unto you your own household.

Like the Master, you don’t go out and heal the world for those who come to you are lifted to the I of their Being. “I, if I be lifted up…. will lift all men unto me.” I truly am the key to the Kingdom and all those who seek that Kingdom in your household are drawn to that I in you which is the I of them and you walk arm in arm.

We’re living in One, not two.

Says Joel, “…when the parenthesis is removed we live in the full circle of immortality. It is true that while we may be aware of ourselves as living only in this particular parenthesis, slowly or rapidly moving from birth to death, actually it is possible for this parenthesis to be removed and for you to become aware of our true identity as one with the entire circle of life and its immortality and eternality. Once we realize ourselves as I, separate and apart from personality, separate and apart from a physical body, as I, the incorporeal, spiritual I, we will have the secret of the eternality and immortality of life: without beginning, without birth; without ending, without death.”

He’s interpreted for us the Truth in words we can understand, that Jesus was demonstrating the Immortality of Life as the Reality of all who walk the earth in form. We appear in form but this is not the Truth. It is the Infinite I of our Being interpreted by world mind into the appearance called form and where the form stands, only I am. And because that is true of you and your neighbor and all who walk the earth, only I stand everywhere.

And so, when you are one with I where you are, you are one with I who stand everywhere, you are One with the Infinite I and that’s the power. Never divided from the Infinite I by accepting the I of your own Being, is your realization of Oneness. One I here, one I there, indivisible I. I and the Father, One. I, the key to the Kingdom. It’s really clear and the disciple lives in that I awareness and the fruits of the Spirit follow as the night the day.

Every quality of I is present in your consciousness even though you’re not conscious of these qualities. When you are accepting I, the omnipotence, the omniscience, the omnipresence of I is functioning in the I itself and you do not have to go into detail about it. The I of you is present everywhere. It is omnipotent everywhere. It is all knowing everywhere.

Simply by being aware that I am that I, now, forever, releases all of the Intelligence that is necessary at any given moment and all of the Power that is necessary at any given moment. This is the unconditioned universe and because I know all that must be known and can perform all that must be performed and am doing it now, that Perfection appears outwardly as the added things. The necessities of life as we know it, appearing visibly because I who know all things and can do all things, am always a sufficiency unto my Self wherever I am realized and accepted.

I, is the best artist in the universe. I, is the best scientist. I, is the best composer. I, is the best author. Wherever you stand in I, the world will stand in awe of what they think are your mortal achievements. They may say Da Vinci did that but it was I. Michelangelo did that but it was I. This composer did that but it was I. Always the I released is what the world calls a genius.

And yet, that wasn’t enough for many geniuses because they didn’t know that only in that level of their work had they attained the I. We may not appear to the world in that level of genius – we may; but if we attain the I, whatever is necessary in the Divine fulfillment of our Being must flow. Not just as an isolated event but as a continuous dispensation so that always, you’re walking in Divine fulfillment, needing not the plaudits of man anymore because Spirit doesn’t need the applause of mankind.

Isn’t this what Scripture is telling us? And so now we are united in one I, Immortal Self and the thief cannot enter to defile. Nothing can enter to defile or make a lie in the I accepted. The thief is unemployed. The thief is removed. The thief can no longer say, “You lack and you’re limited.” You’re on the high ground of I.

Tomorrow, you’re going to have to do this all by yourself and just as well as we’re doing it here today as a group because I will teach you. If you “Come unto me… who are heavy laden, I will give thee rest… I will open all the invisible doorways. I answer before you ask but come unto me without ceasing and this is how I abolish the belief in death, in disease, in sickness, in lack and limitation.”

Everyone has this key to the Kingdom. Don’t lose your key.

All that is of God,” says Joel, “is of you and of me because the I of you and of me and the I of God are one and the same I.” And that means no question about the fact that I of you and I of God are one and the same.

And all the qualities of God are the qualities of spiritual, eternal, immortal man: of you and of me…. all that constitutes the I of God constitutes the I of you and of me for we are forever one with the Father. All that is of God is ours.”

Nobody’s chasing us out to the lions yet. We’re being built up to the place where we can stand on anything. Gently, we’re being eased up and up in I. Many of our tribulations have been monumental to us but we’re still here, aren’t we? Each of them has been a preparation for the moment when I am come, whose right it is to sit on the throne of your consciousness. For when I am come, this world becomes your playground.

Now, Joel is giving us pure Truth here. If we are receiving it, we have no barriers to the acceptance of it. If that something in us says, “And I will live this Truth,” you will discover that every word of it becomes living experience.

One of the by-products of it is that you realize that all personal ambition is a denial of your own identity. You want to be this and you want to be that. Can you be more than I? Is there anything more than God? And if I is your name, to simply be I is a fulfillment beyond every mortal dream and then I appears as that which you must appear to be in this human world. That I, expresses the Divine plan where you stand. It may change you from all of the things you thought you ought to be but what It appears as where you are is what you must be. Many of us changed quite a bit that way. Some of us want to be tycoons and we find, we lose that. We find we always were a greater tycoon than we could ever become in this world.

When Infinity expresses as your Being, you step aside as a mortal and say, “Thy will be done.” The perfection of Infinity is all I could hope for beyond every mortal idea or aspiration.

Thy kingdom come…. on earth as it is in Heaven.”

And there I, expresses in ways beyond every human capacity.

Beautifully, I, laughs at the sins and diseases and germs of the world, laughs at the grave, laughs at all these mortal barricades that we have accepted as realities. We’re taken right out of the tomb of a limited lifespan while we walk in the appearance called mortal flesh. There isn’t a miracle in the Bible that isn’t part of the I of your Being.

Every moment of every day,” says Joel, “determines what our tomorrows will be. As we sow, in this moment, so will we reap tomorrow; next week, next year or ten years from now…. But if we accept the world’s belief in two powers, its belief in Spirit and matter, in good and evil, then we’re going to experience both good and evil.”

The emphasis here is that when you accept I, don’t let that face in the mirror fool you again. And don’t let that person coming up the street fool you. There will continue to appear all forms of disturbances in the world but don’t let them fool you. They’re not there – I am. I, is the invisible identity everywhere which you have accepted where you appear to be. One, invisible, indivisible I.

Now, there are levels of this I awareness. There are degrees of coming to the higher awareness of it and there are places where you learn this will never be taken away from me now. I have reached this level, it cannot be taken away.

Now, we want to come to those levels where it’s not a mental exercise, where it’s substance; your actual Being realized and that takes practice. And I know you won’t be able to succeed in what I’m going to ask you to do but I want to ask it anyway. I want you to see how difficult it is and then you will learn how to succeed in it.

I’m going to ask you to spend just one hour of any day you choose identifying nothing except the Divine Self in that one hour, wherever you may happen to be. If there are fifty people present, coming and going, if you’re crossing on a street corner where there are five hundred present, spend one hour doing whatever you have to do but identifying nothing but Divine Self for one hour.

Don’t make it easy for yourself by closing your door and sitting in a chair for an hour but do it when you’re out among people and things and conditions as if you were walking in the park or at a theater where there are people but be conscious for one hour of Divine Self – everywhere.

For you it will be a very instructive teaching – far greater than anything that anyone can say to you. If you’ve done it, you’ll know. If not, you’ll say, “Oh my gosh, just to know that this fellow was Divine and that one is Divine.” And why while this person was dancing on the stage, to know that they’re Divine, you’ll even improve their performance for them. You’ll find you’re lifting all those around you. You may never have direct, tangible evidence of it but in some way, you’ll know something different is happening in your life and so, that’s a very important exercise.

I was going to ask you to do it for a day but I know how difficult it is to do it for an hour. An hour is at least within reason. Now in that hour, just think, we’re going to really be living in Heaven because you can’t have any judgments if you’re judging Divine. It doesn’t matter who gets on that telephone. That’s the Invisible I. It doesn’t matter who’s angry at you or what you happen to see in the newspapers or what comes off the TV tube. In that one hour, you identify all that is Divine.

Then what do we do after the hour? Do we go back to “It’s not Divine, now? The hour is up.” You see what it leads to? It’s forming a habit, a way of life and if you are true to Spiritual identity, that’s what returns to you. That’s exactly what returns to you because your fidelity is the mirror and your infidelity is the mirror. When the Master speaks about adultery, he’s talking about just this. Are you faithful to the Invisible I or not? If you’re not, you’re married to mortality, to this world and this is the Spiritual adultery which is the karma of the world.

All right. We’ll do it for an hour. Nobody’s keeping score on you but yourself. And I would like to suggest that when you fail, that you begin and start the hour at that point of failure until you complete one hour of identifying everyone and everything, even a flea, as the Invisible, Divine I and if you don’t get through one hour, during the entire week, well you just are saying to the Father, “You said abide but not this week.”

Correct yourself. Start again when you fail. If you fail at the 59th minute, begin your hour over again. You must go through an hour.

The Bible says, “Go twain if someone asks you to go a mile.” So, some of you who want to can go two hours. But that’s not the lesson.

While we are part of this human race into which we were born, we’re sowing to the flesh, we’re going to reap corruption even if we obey the Ten Commandments to the letter… what we accept into our consciousness is going to determine our experience.”

And so, we’re learning to accept in our consciousness the Invisible, Divine Self everywhere. When we accept that into our consciousness, our righteousness exceeds the righteousness of the scribes and pharisees. We’re not judging after the appearances. We’re not judging after the flesh but we’re judging righteous judgment that only the Divine Self is here. God is One. God is All. That is the nature of Being that is present wherever I am. And in this, you’ll find you have turned off the world. You have turned on the Kingdom. Your key is fitting the lock, opening the door.

I think we’ll stay with “Lifting up the I,” because if we can come to a place where we are properly aware that I is not only in this room but in every other room, in every office, in every city, on every street, the miracle of I will yield fruit beyond imagination.

So, that will be today’s lesson. We have five more until our recess and remember the last, we’re going to go right through New Year’s and Christmas, every Sunday, so we’ll be leaving the day before Christmas and the day before New Year, the 7th and the 14th of January. And the 14th of January will be the last of this series and by then, we’re going to finish this book, “Realization of Oneness” and the Gospel of John. They’ll all be finished and that last lesson is when we’ll finish both the Gospel and the book.

Thanks very much.